WO2015064555A1 - Photosensitive resin composition, pattern manufacturing method, cured film, organic el display device manufacturing method, and liquid crystal display device manufacturing method - Google Patents

Photosensitive resin composition, pattern manufacturing method, cured film, organic el display device manufacturing method, and liquid crystal display device manufacturing method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015064555A1
WO2015064555A1 PCT/JP2014/078559 JP2014078559W WO2015064555A1 WO 2015064555 A1 WO2015064555 A1 WO 2015064555A1 JP 2014078559 W JP2014078559 W JP 2014078559W WO 2015064555 A1 WO2015064555 A1 WO 2015064555A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
resin composition
photosensitive resin
general formula
alkyl group
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2014/078559
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
藤本 進二
史絵 山下
豪 安藤
大助 柏木
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to JP2015544993A priority Critical patent/JP6216801B2/en
Publication of WO2015064555A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015064555A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/40Treatment after imagewise removal, e.g. baking
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/0045Photosensitive materials with organic non-macromolecular light-sensitive compounds not otherwise provided for, e.g. dissolution inhibitors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • G03F7/0392Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified positive photoresist composition
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • G03F7/0392Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified positive photoresist composition
    • G03F7/0397Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified positive photoresist composition the macromolecular compound having an alicyclic moiety in a side chain
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K59/00Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
    • H10K59/10OLED displays
    • H10K59/12Active-matrix OLED [AMOLED] displays
    • H10K59/122Pixel-defining structures or layers, e.g. banks
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K59/00Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
    • H10K59/10OLED displays
    • H10K59/12Active-matrix OLED [AMOLED] displays
    • H10K59/124Insulating layers formed between TFT elements and OLED elements

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a photosensitive resin composition. Moreover, the manufacturing method of the pattern using the said photosensitive resin composition, the cured film formed by hardening
  • the present invention relates to a manufacturing method, and an organic EL display device and a liquid crystal display device including the pattern and the cured film. More specifically, the present invention relates to a positive photosensitive resin composition suitable for forming resist etching of electronic parts such as liquid crystal display devices and organic EL display devices, and a pattern manufacturing method using the same.
  • the TFT (Thin Film Transistor) substrate used in flat panel display devices such as organic EL display devices and liquid crystal display devices has an insulating inorganic transparent film such as SiOx and SiNx, and an oxide transparent conductive film such as ITO and IZO. , Al, Mo, Ti, Cu, W, a metal film made of a laminated film thereof, and a semiconductor film such as Si or an oxide semiconductor are provided in a pattern.
  • a photosensitive resin composition etching resist
  • a method of performing processing is widely known.
  • the photosensitive resin composition for etching resist used for this is also required to have line width stability and peelability.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a method for producing a cured film, an organic EL display device, and a liquid crystal display device.
  • A1 A polymer containing the structural unit (a1) represented by the following general formula (1), (B) a photoacid generator having a molar extinction coefficient of 500 or more at a wavelength of 365 nm, and (C ) A photosensitive resin composition containing 0.01 to 5% by mass of an alicyclic epoxy compound based on the total solid content;
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, at least one of R 1 and R 2 is an alkyl group or an aryl group, and R 3 is an alkyl group or Represents an aryl group, and R 1 or R 2 and R 3 may be linked to form a cyclic ether, and R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 4.
  • R represents an organic group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • R in the general formula (I) is a hydrocarbon group or a combination of a hydrocarbon group and at least one of a silyl group, —O—, —CO—, —S— and —NR 1 —.
  • the photosensitive resin composition according to ⁇ 2> which is a group; wherein R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • A2 having a structural unit (a2) represented by the following general formula (2):
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, at least one of R 1 and R 2 is an alkyl group or an aryl group, and R 3 is an alkyl group R 1 or R 2 and R 3 may be linked to form a cyclic ether
  • R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • X 0 represents a single bond or an arylene group.
  • the (E) azole compound is one or more selected from the following general formulas (X1) to (X5):
  • X represents CR x1 R X2 , NR x3 , O, or S;
  • Y and Z each independently represent CR x4 or N;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R X1 , R X2 , R X3 and R X4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a mercapto group, an amino group or an alkyl group,
  • R 4 represents an alkyl group, a mercapto group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, or an aralkyl group,
  • m represents an integer of 0 to 4, and when m is 2 or more, each R 4 may be the same or different;
  • ⁇ 13> (1) A step of applying the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 12> to at least one surface of the substrate, (2) a step of drying the photosensitive resin composition to form a photosensitive resin composition layer; (3) a step of exposing the photosensitive resin composition layer; (4) A process for producing a pattern comprising a step of developing the exposed photosensitive resin composition layer.
  • ⁇ 15> A cured film obtained by curing the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 12>.
  • ⁇ 16> A method for producing an organic EL display device, comprising the method for producing a pattern according to ⁇ 13> or ⁇ 14>.
  • ⁇ 17> A method for producing a liquid crystal display device, comprising the method for producing a pattern according to ⁇ 13> or ⁇ 14>.
  • the present invention it is possible to provide a photosensitive resin composition having good line width stability and good peelability while maintaining high sensitivity. Moreover, it has become possible to provide a method for producing a pattern, a cured film, and a method for producing an organic EL display device and a liquid crystal display device, to which the photosensitive resin composition is applied.
  • 1 shows a conceptual diagram of a configuration of an example of an organic EL display device.
  • 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a substrate in a bottom emission type organic EL display device.
  • 1 is a conceptual diagram of a configuration of an example of a liquid crystal display device.
  • 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an active matrix substrate in a liquid crystal display device. It is the figure which showed typically an example of the exposure form using a halftone phase difference mask. It is a composition conceptual diagram of an example of a touch panel display device.
  • the organic EL element in the present invention refers to an organic electroluminescence element.
  • substitution and non-substitution includes what has a substituent with what does not have a substituent.
  • the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • (meth) acrylic acid means acrylic acid and / or methacrylic acid.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention (hereinafter also referred to as “the composition of the present invention”) is (A1) a polymer having a structural unit (a1) represented by the following general formula (1), (B) 365 nm.
  • a photoacid generator having a molar extinction coefficient of 500 or more in the light of the above wavelength and (C) an alicyclic epoxy compound is contained in an amount of 0.01 to 5% by mass based on the total solid content.
  • General formula (1) (In the general formula (1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, at least one of R 1 and R 2 is an alkyl group or an aryl group, and R 3 is an alkyl group. Alternatively, it represents an aryl group, and R 1 or R 2 and R 3 may be linked to form a cyclic ether, and R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention By using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, line width stability and peelability are improved while maintaining high sensitivity. Although details of this mechanism are unknown, the structural unit (a1) is a weaker acid than the carboxylic acid, and an unnecessary crosslinking reaction with the acid hardly occurs. In addition, the alicyclic epoxy compound gently traps the acid generated from the photoacid generator and suppresses unnecessary crosslinking reaction. These are considered to improve the peelability. Moreover, it is thought that line width stability improves also by using an alicyclic epoxy compound.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is usually used as a chemically amplified positive photosensitive resin composition.
  • the composition of the present invention will be described in detail.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of this invention contains the polymer which has a structural unit (a1) represented by (A1) following general formula (1) as a polymer component (A). Further, (A2) a polymer having a structural unit (a2) represented by the following general formula (2) may be included. (A1) The polymer may contain structural units other than the structural unit (a1) represented by General formula (1). Moreover, the (A2) polymer may also contain structural units other than the structural unit (a2) represented by General formula (2). Hereinafter, these polymers will be described.
  • the (A1) polymer in the present invention is a polymer including a polymer having the structural unit (a1) represented by the general formula (1).
  • a photosensitive resin composition excellent in resolving power and rectangularity can be obtained.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, at least one of R 1 and R 2 is an alkyl group or an aryl group, and R 3 is an alkyl group. Alternatively, it represents an aryl group, and R 1 or R 2 and R 3 may be linked to form a cyclic ether, and R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and at least one of R 1 and R 2 is an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, but is preferably a linear alkyl group.
  • alkyl group examples include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a t-butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, and a cyclohexyl group.
  • aryl group an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferable.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthracenyl group.
  • alkyl group and aryl group may have include an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a thioalkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a hydroxyl group, and a cyano group. And halogen atoms (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom) and the like. These substituents may further have a substituent.
  • R 1 and R 2 are preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, one of R 1 and R 2 is a methyl group, and the other is a hydrogen atom. Particularly preferred is an atom.
  • R 3 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R 3 have the same meanings as the alkyl group and aryl group in R 1 and R 2 .
  • R 3 is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a propyl group, and more preferably an ethyl group or a propyl group.
  • R 3 may be linked to R 1 or R 2 to form a cyclic ether.
  • the cyclic ether formed by linking to R 1 or R 2 is preferably a 3- to 6-membered cyclic ether, more preferably a 5- to 6-membered cyclic ether.
  • the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) is preferably 5 to 50 mol%, preferably 5 to 40 mol% of all the structural units of the polymer (A1). More preferably, it is 10 to 40 mol%, further preferably 20 to 35 mol%.
  • the polymer (A1) preferably contains a structural unit (a4) represented by the following general formula (5) in addition to the structural unit (a1) from the viewpoint of high sensitivity.
  • R 4 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 4 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the OH group may be any of p-, m-, and o-, but is preferably bonded to the p-position.
  • the structural unit represented by the general formula (5) is preferably 50 to 95 mol%, more preferably 50 to 80 mol%, still more preferably 60 to 80 mol%, based on all the structural units of the polymer (A1). 65 to 80 mol% is particularly preferred. By setting it in such a range, it becomes possible to keep the exposure process margin more appropriate.
  • the polymer may contain a structural unit other than the structural unit (a1) represented by the general formula (1) and the structural unit (a4) represented by the general formula (5).
  • the structural unit for example, structural unit (a2)
  • the structural unit (a3) which have the protected carboxyl group protected by the acid-decomposable group mentioned later are illustrated.
  • other structural units other than (a1) and (a4) are 10 mol% or less of the total structural units, more preferably 5 mol of the total structural units. % Or less.
  • the protection rate of the polymer is preferably 1 to 60%, more preferably 5 to 50%, and still more preferably 10 to 40%. By setting it as such a range, an image disk and a sensitivity, resolution, and rectangularity will become favorable.
  • the protection rate refers to the molar ratio of the acid-protected structural unit, where the total of the acidic structural unit and the acid-protected structural unit in the polymer (A1) is 100 mol%.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer (A1) is preferably in the range of 2000 to 15000, more preferably 5000 to 12000, and still more preferably 7500 to 12000.
  • Mw weight average molecular weight
  • the weight average molecular weight is defined by a polystyrene conversion value of gel permeation chromatography.
  • the polydispersity (weight average molecular weight (Mw) / number average molecular weight (Mn)) of the polymer (A1) is preferably 1.0 to 3.0, more preferably 1.0 to 2.0. 0 to 1.5 is more preferable. By setting it as such a range, the rectangularity of a pixel becomes favorable.
  • (A2) a polymer may be included.
  • the polymer has a protected carboxyl group protected with an acid-decomposable group.
  • the structural unit having a protected carboxyl group protected by an acid-decomposable group include the structural unit having a protected carboxyl group protected by an acid-decomposable group described in paragraphs 0021 to 0055 of JP2012-155288A.
  • Examples of the structural unit having a protected carboxyl group protected with an acid-decomposable group described in paragraphs [0020] to [0052] of JP 2012-133301 A are exemplified, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the polymer (A2) is preferably a polymer having a structural unit (a2) having a group in which an acid group having a structure represented by the following general formula (2) is protected with an acid-decomposable group.
  • the acid group in the present invention means a proton dissociable group having a pKa of less than 7.
  • the acid group is usually incorporated into the polymer as a structural unit containing an acid group using a monomer capable of forming an acid group.
  • the polymer tends to be easily dissolved in an alkaline developer.
  • the component (A2) has the structural unit (a2), a highly sensitive photosensitive resin composition can be obtained.
  • the polymer is preferably alkali-insoluble, and is preferably a resin that becomes alkali-soluble when the acid-decomposable group is decomposed.
  • the structural unit having a protected carboxyl group in which the carboxyl group is protected with an acid-decomposable group can generate a carboxyl group by the decomposition of the protective group with an acid.
  • alkali-soluble means a coating film (thickness 3 ⁇ m) of a compound (resin) formed by applying a compound (resin) solution on a substrate and heating at 90 ° C. for 2 minutes. The dissolution rate in a 0.4% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution at 23 ° C.
  • Alkali insoluble means that a compound (resin) solution is applied onto a substrate.
  • the dissolution rate of the coating film (thickness 3 ⁇ m) of the compound (resin) formed by heating at 90 ° C. for 2 minutes with respect to a 0.4% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution at 23 ° C. is 0.01 ⁇ m / It means less than a second.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, at least one of R 1 and R 2 is an alkyl group or an aryl group, and R 3 is Represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 1 or R 2 and R 3 may be linked to form a cyclic ether, R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and X 0 represents a single bond or an arylene group. Represents.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and at least one of R 1 and R 2 is an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • Alkyl groups R 1 and R 2 represents the general formula (1) has the same meaning as the alkyl group R 1 and R 2 represents a preferred range is also the same.
  • As the aryl group an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferable.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent.
  • R 1 and R 2 are each preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • R 3 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R 3 are synonymous with the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R 3 in the general formula (1), and the preferred ranges are also the same. .
  • R 3 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • X 0 represents a single bond or an arylene group.
  • the arylene group an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, an arylene group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • arylene group examples include a phenylene group, a naphthylene group, and an anthracenylene group.
  • the arylene group may have a substituent, and the substituent is synonymous with the substituent that the alkyl group represented by R 1 and R 2 in General Formula (1) may have.
  • X 0 is preferably a single bond.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • the structural unit (a2) represented by the general formula (2) is preferably 10 to 80 mol%, more preferably 20 to 80 mol%, more preferably 30 to 70 mol% of the structural unit of the polymer (A2). 30 to 45 mol% is more preferable.
  • the polymer may contain other structural units, and specific examples include structural units (a3) and (a4) described later.
  • the content of other structural units, when included, is preferably 20 to 90 mol%, more preferably 20 to 80 mol%, still more preferably 30 to 70 mol%, and more preferably 55 to 70 mol% is particularly preferred.
  • the other structural unit in (A2) polymer can also be set as the aspect of 10 mol%, Furthermore, 5 mol% or less.
  • the protection rate of the polymer is preferably 20 to 100%, more preferably 40 to 90%, and still more preferably 60 to 90%. By setting it as such a range, a sensitivity improves and the difference (discrimination) of the solubility of an exposed part and an unexposed part becomes favorable.
  • the protection rate refers to the molar ratio of the acid-protected structural unit, where the total of the acidic structural unit and the acid-protected structural unit in the polymer (A2) is 100 mol%.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the (A2) polymer is preferably in the range of 2000 to 50000, more preferably 5000 to 20000, and still more preferably 7500 to 15000.
  • Mw weight average molecular weight
  • the weight average molecular weight is defined by a polystyrene conversion value of gel permeation chromatography.
  • the polydispersity (weight average molecular weight (Mw) / number average molecular weight (Mn)) of the polymer (A2) is preferably 1.0 to 4.0, more preferably 1.2 to 3.0. 5 to 2.0 is more preferable. By setting it as such a range, the characteristic excellent in the sensitivity and the rectangularity can be acquired.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains both (A1) and (A2) as the polymer component. These mass ratios are preferably 2: 8 to 8: 2, more preferably 3: 7 to 7: 3, and still more preferably 4: 6 to 6: 4. By setting it as such a range, it exists in the tendency for the effect of this invention to be exhibited more effectively.
  • the component (A) may have another polymer in addition to the above (A1) polymer and (A2) polymer.
  • another polymer it is a polymer which does not contain a structural unit (a1) and a structural unit (a2), for example, the polymer which has a structural unit (a3) is illustrated.
  • Such other polymer components are preferably 60% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, and still more preferably 20% by mass or less in the total polymer components.
  • a structural unit (monomer) used as another structural unit (a3) For example, styrenes, (meth) acrylic-acid alkylester, (meth) acrylic-acid cyclic alkylester, (meth) acrylic-acid aryl Esters, unsaturated dicarboxylic acid diesters, bicyclounsaturated compounds, maleimide compounds, unsaturated aromatic compounds, conjugated diene compounds, unsaturated monocarboxylic acids, unsaturated dicarboxylic acids, unsaturated dicarboxylic acid anhydrides, other unsaturated compounds Mention may be made of saturated compounds. Moreover, you may have the structural unit which has an acid group so that it may mention later. By including a structural unit having an acid group, the sensitivity can be improved. As the structural unit having an acid group, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, and other monomers to be the structural unit (a3) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the structural unit which has an acid group is included as another structural unit (a3).
  • the acid group in the present invention means a proton dissociable group having a pKa of less than 7.
  • the acid group is usually incorporated into the polymer as a structural unit containing an acid group using a monomer capable of forming an acid group. By including such a structural unit containing an acid group in the polymer, the polymer tends to be easily dissolved in an alkaline developer.
  • Acid groups used in the present invention include those derived from carboxylic acid groups, those derived from sulfonamide groups, those derived from phosphonic acid groups, those derived from sulfonic acid groups, those derived from phenolic hydroxyl groups, sulfones Amide groups, sulfonylimide groups and the like are exemplified, and those derived from carboxylic acid groups and / or those derived from phenolic hydroxyl groups are preferred.
  • the structural unit containing an acid group used in the present invention is more preferably a structural unit derived from styrene, a structural unit derived from a vinyl compound, a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and / or an ester thereof. .
  • the structural unit containing an acid group is preferably 1 to 80% by mole, more preferably 1 to 50% by mole, and still more preferably 5 to 40% by mole of the structural unit of all polymer components.
  • Such a polymer is preferably a resin having a carboxyl group in the side chain.
  • a resin having a carboxyl group in the side chain For example, JP-A-59-44615, JP-B-54-34327, JP-B-58-12777, JP-B-54-25957, JP-A-59-53836, JP-A-59-71048
  • methacrylic acid copolymer, acrylic acid copolymer, itaconic acid copolymer, crotonic acid copolymer, maleic acid copolymer, partially esterified maleic acid copolymer, etc. and side chain
  • acidic cellulose derivatives having a carboxyl group those obtained by adding an acid anhydride to a polymer having a hydroxyl group
  • high molecular polymers having a (meth) acryloyl group in the side chain examples thereof include acidic cellulose derivatives having a carboxyl group, those obtained by adding an acid anhydride to a
  • benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid co-A-2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate / benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer described in JP-A-7-140654 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid co-A-2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate / polymethyl methacrylate macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid co-A-2-hydroxyethyl Methacrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / methyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer A-2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer It is below.
  • JP-A-7-207211, JP-A-8-259876, JP-A-10-300922, JP-A-11-140144, JP-A-11-174224, JP-A-2000-56118 Known polymer compounds described in JP-A-2003-233179, JP-A-2009-52020, and the like can be used, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
  • SMA 1000P, SMA 2000P, SMA 3000P, SMA 40 1440F, SMA 17352P, SMA 2625P, SMA 3840F (above, manufactured by Sartomer), ARUFON UC-3000, ARU FON C UC-3510, ARU FON UC -3900, ARUFON UC-3910, ARUFON UC-3920, ARUFON UC-3080 (above, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), Joncryl 690, Joncryl 678, Joncryl 67, Joncryl 586 (above, also made by BASF), etc. it can.
  • composition of the present invention preferably contains the polymer component in a proportion of 60% by weight or more, more preferably 80% by weight or more, based on the total solid content.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains (B) a photoacid generator having a molar extinction coefficient of 500 or more in light having a wavelength of 365 nm.
  • a photoacid generator also referred to as “component (B)”
  • a compound that reacts with actinic rays having a wavelength of 300 nm or more, preferably 300 to 450 nm, and generates an acid is preferable.
  • the chemical structure is not limited.
  • a photoacid generator that is not directly sensitive to an actinic ray having a wavelength of 300 nm or more can also be used as a sensitizer if it is a compound that reacts with an actinic ray having a wavelength of 300 nm or more and generates an acid when used in combination with a sensitizer. It can be preferably used in combination.
  • the photoacid generator used in the present invention is preferably a photoacid generator that generates an acid having a pKa of 4 or less, more preferably a photoacid generator that generates an acid having a pKa of 3 or less, and an acid of 2 or less. Most preferred are photoacid generators that generate.
  • a known method can be used for the molar extinction coefficient of the photoacid generator.
  • an ethyl acetate solvent is used in an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Vary Inc., Carry-5 spectrphotometer). It is preferable to measure at a concentration of 0.01 g / L.
  • photoacid generator examples include trichloromethyl-s-triazines, sulfonium salts and iodonium salts, quaternary ammonium salts, diazomethane compounds, imide sulfonate compounds, and oxime sulfonate compounds. Among these, it is preferable to use an oxime sulfonate compound from the viewpoint of insulation.
  • photoacid generators can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • trichloromethyl-s-triazines diaryliodonium salts, triarylsulfonium salts, quaternary ammonium salts, and diazomethane derivatives include the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0083 to 0088 of JP2011-212494A. It can be illustrated.
  • Preferred examples of the oxime sulfonate compound that is, a compound having an oxime sulfonate structure include compounds having an oxime sulfonate structure represented by the following general formula (B1).
  • the alkyl group for R 21 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 21 is an aryl group having 6 to 11 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkyl group (7,7-dimethyl-2-oxonorbornyl group or the like). It may be substituted with a cyclic group, preferably a bicycloalkyl group or the like.
  • aryl group for R 21 an aryl group having 6 to 11 carbon atoms is preferable, and a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is more preferable.
  • the aryl group of R 21 may be substituted with a lower alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or a halogen atom.
  • the above compound containing an oxime sulfonate structure represented by the above general formula (B1) is also preferably an oxime sulfonate compound represented by the following general formula (B2).
  • R 42 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • X represents an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or a halogen atom
  • m4 represents an integer of 0 to 3
  • m4 represents 2 or When X is 3, the plurality of X may be the same or different.
  • the alkyl group as X is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the alkoxy group as X is preferably a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the halogen atom as X is preferably a chlorine atom or a fluorine atom.
  • m4 is preferably 0 or 1. In the above general formula (B2), m4 is 1, X is a methyl group, the substitution position of X is the ortho position, R 42 is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, 7,7- A compound that is a dimethyl-2-oxonorbornylmethyl group or a p-toluyl group is particularly preferred.
  • the compound containing an oxime sulfonate structure represented by the above general formula (B1) is also preferably an oxime sulfonate compound represented by the following general formula (B3).
  • R 43 has the same meaning as R 42 in the formula (B2), and X 1 is a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, cyano Represents a group or a nitro group, and n4 represents an integer of 0 to 5.
  • R 43 in the above general formula (B3) is methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, n-butyl group, n-octyl group, trifluoromethyl group, pentafluoroethyl group, perfluoro-n-propyl group.
  • Perfluoro-n-butyl group, p-tolyl group, 4-chlorophenyl group or pentafluorophenyl group is preferred, and n-octyl group is particularly preferred.
  • X 1 is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methoxy group.
  • n4 is preferably from 0 to 2, particularly preferably from 0 to 1.
  • Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (B3) include ⁇ - (methylsulfonyloxyimino) benzyl cyanide, ⁇ - (ethylsulfonyloxyimino) benzyl cyanide, ⁇ - (n-propylsulfonyloxyimino).
  • Benzyl cyanide ⁇ - (n-butylsulfonyloxyimino) benzyl cyanide, ⁇ - (4-toluenesulfonyloxyimino) benzyl cyanide, ⁇ -[(methylsulfonyloxyimino) -4-methoxyphenyl] acetonitrile, ⁇ -[(ethylsulfonyloxyimino) -4-methoxyphenyl] acetonitrile, ⁇ -[(n-propylsulfonyloxyimino) -4-methoxyphenyl] acetonitrile, ⁇ -[(n-butylsulfonyloxyimino) -4- Methoxyphenyl] acetonitrile, ⁇ -[(4 It can be given toluenesulfonyl) -4-methoxyphenyl] acetonitrile.
  • preferable oxime sulfonate compounds include the following compounds (i) to (viii), and the like can be used singly or in combination of two or more. Compounds (i) to (viii) can be obtained as commercial products. Moreover, it can also be used in combination with another kind of (B) photo-acid generator.
  • the compound containing an oxime sulfonate structure represented by the above general formula (B1) is also preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (3).
  • R 1 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • R 2 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group
  • R 3 to R 6 represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, respectively.
  • X is — Represents O- or -S-
  • R 1 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group is preferably a branched alkyl group or a cyclic alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 3 to 10 carbon atoms. In particular, when the alkyl group has a branched structure, an alkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable. When the alkyl group has a cyclic structure, an alkyl group having 5 to 7 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • alkyl group examples include propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, s-butyl group, isobutyl group, tert-butyl group, pentyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, 1,1-dimethylpropyl group, hexyl group. , 2-ethylhexyl group, cyclohexyl group, cyclopentyl group, octyl group and the like, preferably isopropyl group, tert-butyl group, neopentyl group, and cyclohexyl group.
  • the aryl group preferably has 6 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 8 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 6 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group, and a phenyl group is preferable.
  • the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R 1 may have a substituent.
  • substituents examples include a halogen atom (a fluorine atom, a chloro atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom), a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, etc.), an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, Aryl group, acyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, carbamoyl group, cyano group, carboxyl group, hydroxyl group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, heterocyclic oxy group, acyloxy group, amino group, A nitro group, a hydrazino group, a heterocyclic group, etc. are mentioned. Further, these groups may be further substituted. Preferably, they are a halogen atom and a methyl group.
  • R 1 is preferably an alkyl group from the viewpoint of transparency, and R 1 has a branched structure having 3 to 6 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of achieving both storage stability and sensitivity.
  • An alkyl group, an alkyl group having a cyclic structure having 5 to 7 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group is preferable, and an alkyl group having a branched structure having 3 to 6 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having a cyclic structure having 5 to 7 carbon atoms is more preferable. .
  • an isopropyl group, a tert-butyl group, a neopentyl group, and a cyclohexyl group are preferable, and a tert-butyl group and a cyclohexyl group are more preferable.
  • R 2 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 2 is preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a pentyl group, a neopentyl group, a hexyl group, and a cyclohexyl group. It is a group.
  • As the aryl group an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a p-toluyl group (p-methylphenyl group), and a phenyl group and a p-toluyl group are preferable.
  • Examples of the heteroaryl group include a pyrrole group, an indole group, a carbazole group, a furan group, and a thiophene group.
  • the alkyl group, aryl group, and heteroaryl group represented by R 2 may have a substituent. As a substituent, it is synonymous with the substituent which the alkyl group and aryl group which R ⁇ 1 > may have.
  • R 2 is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably an aryl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.
  • As the substituent for the phenyl group a methyl group is preferred.
  • R 3 to R 6 each represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a halogen atom (a fluorine atom, a chloro atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom).
  • the alkyl group represented by R 3 to R 6 has the same meaning as the alkyl group represented by R 2 , and the preferred range is also the same.
  • the aryl group represented by R 3 to R 6 has the same meaning as the aryl group represented by R 1 , and the preferred range is also the same.
  • R 3 to R 6 may combine to form a ring, and the ring may form an alicyclic ring or an aromatic ring. It is preferable that a benzene ring is more preferable.
  • R 3 to R 6 are each a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a halogen atom (fluorine atom, chloro atom, bromine atom), or R 3 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 , or R 5 and R 6.
  • a benzene ring is preferably formed, and a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a fluorine atom, a chloro atom, a bromine atom, or R 3 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 , or R 5 and R 6 are combined to form a benzene ring Is more preferable.
  • R 3 to R 6 are as follows.
  • at least one is a hydrogen atom and at least two are hydrogen atoms.
  • the number of alkyl groups, aryl groups, or halogen atoms is 3 or less in total. Preferably it is one or less.
  • X represents -O- or -S-.
  • Ts represents a tosyl group (p-toluenesulfonyl group)
  • Me represents a methyl group
  • Bu represents an n-butyl group
  • Ph represents a phenyl group.
  • the photoacid generator is based on 100 parts by mass of all resin components (preferably the total solid content, more preferably the total of the polymer) in the photosensitive resin composition. 0.1 to 10 parts by mass is preferably used, and 0.5 to 5 parts by mass is more preferably used. (B) Only one type of acid generator may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination. (B) By making content of a photo-acid generator into 0.1 mass part or more, a sensitivity can be improved more effectively.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains 0.01 to 5% by mass of the alicyclic epoxy compound with respect to the total solid content.
  • the alicyclic epoxy group possessed by the alicyclic epoxy compound used in the present invention is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an alicyclic epoxy group directly added to a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon. Is preferably a 3- to 10-membered ring, more preferably a 5- to 6-membered ring.
  • the cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably a saturated cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon group. Among them, a compound having an alicyclic epoxy group represented by the following is preferable.
  • the alicyclic epoxy compound is preferably represented by the following general formula (I).
  • Formula (I) (In the formula (I), n represents an integer of 1 to 4.
  • R represents an organic group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms.)
  • R represents an organic group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, may be branched or have an unsaturated bond, and may have an aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring structure. In addition, these groups may have oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus, boron, and halogen atoms, but may not have such an embodiment. Moreover, you may have a substituent and substituents may mutually form a bond. Examples of the substituent are the general formula (1) R 1 and R 2 are synonymous with the substituent which may be possessed by the alkyl groups represented in. R 1 is an n-valent linking group.
  • the organic group of R preferably has 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the organic group is a hydrocarbon group or a hydrocarbon group and a silyl group, —O—, —CO—, —S—, and —NR 1 — (R 1 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms. And a group consisting of a hydrocarbon group or a combination of a hydrocarbon group and —O— and / or —CO— is more preferable.
  • the hydrocarbon group is preferably a linear or branched group, and more preferably a linear group.
  • the hydrocarbon group preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Two or more hydrocarbon groups may be contained in one organic group.
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and more preferably 1 or 2.
  • R 2 represents an organic group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • R 2 represents an organic group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, may be branched or have an unsaturated bond, and may have an aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring structure. These groups may have oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus, boron, or halogen atoms. Moreover, you may have a substituent and substituents may mutually couple
  • the organic group of R 2 preferably has 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the organic group is a hydrocarbon group or a hydrocarbon group and —O—, —CO—, —S— and —NR 1 — (R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms).
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms).
  • a group consisting of a hydrocarbon group or a combination of a hydrocarbon group and —O— and / or —CO— is more preferable.
  • the hydrocarbon group is preferably a linear or branched group, and more preferably a linear group.
  • the hydrocarbon group preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Two or more hydrocarbon groups may be contained in one organic group.
  • the hydrocarbon group is preferably an alkylene group.
  • R 3 represents an organic group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • R 3 represents an organic group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms, may be branched or have an unsaturated bond, and may have an aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring structure. These groups may have oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus, boron, or halogen atoms. Moreover, you may have a substituent and substituents may mutually form a bond. R 3 is a divalent linking group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the organic group of R 3 is preferably 1-8, and more preferably 1-6.
  • the organic group is a hydrocarbon group or a hydrocarbon group and —O—, —CO—, —S— and —NR 1 — (R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms). And a group consisting of a hydrocarbon group or a combination of a hydrocarbon group and —O— and / or —CO— is more preferable.
  • the hydrocarbon group is preferably a linear or branched group, and more preferably a linear group.
  • the hydrocarbon group preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Two or more hydrocarbon groups may be contained in one organic group.
  • the hydrocarbon group is preferably an alkylene group.
  • the production method of the alicyclic epoxy compound used in the present invention is not limited.
  • Maruzen KK Publishing, 4th Edition Experimental Chemistry Course 20 Organic Synthesis II, 213-, 1992, Ed. by Alfred Hasfner The chemistry of heterocyclic compounds-Small Ring Heterocycles part3 oxiranes, John & Wiley and Sons, An Interscience Publication, New York, 1985, Yoshimura, adhesive, Vol. 29 No. 12, 32,1985, Yoshimura, adhesive, Vol. 30, No. 5 42, 1986, Yoshimura, Adhesion, Vol. 30, No. 7, 42, 1986, JP-A-1-100388, Japanese Patent No. 2906245, Japanese Patent No. 2926262, and the like.
  • the molecular weight of the alicyclic epoxy compound used in the present invention is less than 1000, and preferably less than 500. By setting it as such a range, it exists in the tendency for the effect of this invention to be exhibited more effectively.
  • the lower limit is not particularly defined, but is usually 100 or more.
  • the addition amount of the alicyclic epoxy compound in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is 0.01 to 5% by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition, and 0.05 to 5%. It is preferably part by weight, more preferably 0.05 to 4 parts by weight, still more preferably 0.05 to 3 parts by weight, and particularly preferably 0.07 to 1.8 parts by weight. preferable. Line width stability can be improved by setting the content of the alicyclic epoxy compound to 0.01% by mass or more, and peelability can be improved by setting the content to 5% by mass or less.
  • An alicyclic epoxy compound may be used individually by 1 type, or may use 2 or more types together. When using 2 or more types of alicyclic epoxy compounds, the total amount becomes the said range.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain (D) a basic compound.
  • (D) It becomes possible to dope an acid rapidly by containing a basic compound.
  • the basic compound can be arbitrarily selected from those used in chemically amplified resists. Examples include aliphatic amines, aromatic amines, heterocyclic amines, quaternary ammonium hydroxides, quaternary ammonium salts of carboxylic acids, and the like. Specific examples thereof include the compounds described in JP-A 2011-212494, paragraphs 0204 to 0207, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • (D) basic compound is compounds other than (E) azole compound mentioned later.
  • the basic compound is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (4).
  • General formula (4) (In General Formula (4), R 1 represents a group containing at least one nitrogen atom, A represents a divalent linking group, and R 2 represents an organic group.)
  • R 1 represents a group containing at least one nitrogen atom, preferably a group containing 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms, and more preferably a group represented by —NR 3 R 4 .
  • R 1 is preferably a group composed of a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and 1 to 3 heteroatoms containing an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or at least one nitrogen atom.
  • examples of the hetero atom include an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, and an oxygen atom is preferable.
  • R 1 is preferably a cyclic group, more preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered cyclic group.
  • R 3 and R 4 each represents an organic group.
  • R 3 and R 4 are each preferably a group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. R 3 and R 4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and preferably forms a ring.
  • R 1 Preferred embodiments of R 1 include the following embodiments. (1) An embodiment in which R 1 is a group represented by —NR 3 R 4 and R 3 and R 4 are bonded to each other to form a ring, or R 3 and R 4 are each The aspect which is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group. (2) Embodiment in which R 1 is a group represented by —NR 3 R 4 and R 3 and R 4 are bonded to each other to form a 5-membered or 6-membered ring, or R 3 and R 4 Are each a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • R 1 is a group represented by —NR 3 R 4 , and R 3 and R 4 are bonded to each other to form two or more heteroatoms (at least one is a nitrogen atom and the rest are oxygen atoms or A mode in which a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring is formed, or a straight-chain aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, each of R 3 and R 4 The aspect which is.
  • R 1 examples include, for example, morpholino group, hydrazino group, pyridyl group, imidazolyl group, quinolyl group, piperidyl group, pyrrolidinyl group, pyrazonyl group, oxazolyl group, thiazolyl group, benzoxazolyl group, benzimidazolyl group, A benzthiazolyl group, a pyrazinyl group, a diethylamino group, etc. are mentioned. Of these, a morpholino group is preferable.
  • R 2 represents an organic group.
  • the organic group is preferably a hydrocarbon group or a group comprising a hydrocarbon group and at least one of —O— and —C ( ⁇ O) —.
  • R 2 preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • R 2 is more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, or a group consisting of these and at least one combination of —O— and —C ( ⁇ O) —.
  • These groups may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a halogen atom.
  • R 2 is an alkyl group
  • a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or a cyclic alkyl group is preferable.
  • R 2 is a cyclic alkyl group
  • a 5-membered or 6-membered cyclic alkyl group is preferred.
  • R 2 is an aryl group
  • a phenyl group and a naphthyl group are exemplified, and a phenyl group is more preferable.
  • R 2 is a straight chain alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms (preferably 2 or 3).
  • A represents a divalent linking group, preferably a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and further preferably a hydrocarbon group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the hydrocarbon group include an alkylene group and an arylene group, and an alkylene group is preferable.
  • the alkylene group include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a cyclohexylene group, and a cyclopentylene group.
  • the arylene group include a 1,2-phenylene group, a 1,3-phenylene group, a 1,4-phenylene group, and a naphthylene group.
  • a methylene group, an ethylene group, and a propylene group are particularly preferable, and an ethylene group or a propylene group is more preferable.
  • a preferred embodiment of A is an embodiment which is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a 5-membered or 6-membered cyclic alkyl group, or a phenyl group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (4) is the preferred embodiment the R 1, R 2 2 preferred embodiment, embodiment comprising a combination of preferred embodiments of A are exemplified as particularly preferred embodiment.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (4) is preferably represented by the general formula (4-2).
  • Formula (4-2) (In the general formula (4-2), R 2 represents an organic group, and A represents a divalent linking group.)
  • R 2 has the same meaning as R 2 in the formula (4), the preferred range is also the same.
  • A is synonymous with A in the above formula (4), and a preferred range is also synonymous.
  • the following embodiments are preferable. (1) An embodiment in which A is a linear alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and R 2 is a linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group. (2) A mode in which A is an alkylene group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms, and R 2 is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • Specific examples of the general formula (4) include the following compounds, but the present invention is not particularly limited thereto.
  • Et represents an ethyl group.
  • examples of basic compounds that can be used in the present invention include compounds represented by general formula (b) in paragraph No. 0110 of JP2013-015694A, and compounds represented by general formula (c). These contents can be preferably adopted, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the content of (D) the basic compound is 0.001 to 5 masses of component (D) with respect to 100 mass parts of the total solid content. Preferably, it is contained at a rate of 0.003 to 2 parts by mass, more preferably at a rate of 0.005 to 1 part by mass, and 0.01 to 0.09 parts by mass. It is particularly preferable to include within the range of parts. Sensitivity can be improved by making content of a basic compound into 5 mass parts or less. (D) Only 1 type may be sufficient as a component and 2 or more types may be sufficient as it. In the case of two or more types, the total is preferably in the above range.
  • the mass ratio of (C) the alicyclic epoxy compound and (D) the basic compound is preferably 100: 1 to 100: 100, and preferably 100: 10 to 100: 50. More preferred.
  • the alicyclic epoxy compound acts as a weaker quencher and gently dopes the acid generated from the acid generator.
  • the basic compound (D) quickly dopes the acid generated from the acid generator. Therefore, by setting it as the said mass ratio, both components work
  • the composition of the present invention may contain (E) an azole compound.
  • (E) By containing an azole compound, development adhesiveness improves and line width stability improves.
  • the azole compound is preferably at least one selected from the following general formulas (X1) to (X5).
  • X represents CR x1 R X2 , NR x3 , O, or S
  • Y and Z each independently represent CR x4 or N
  • R 1 , R 2 , R X1 , R X2 , R X3 and R X4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a mercapto group, an amino group or an alkyl group
  • R 4 represents an alkyl group, a mercapto group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, or an aralkyl group
  • m represents an integer of 0 to 4, and when m is 2 or more, each R 4 may be the same or different
  • At least one of X, Y and Z represents NR x3 or N.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by R 1 , R 2 , R X1 , R X2 , R X3 and R X4 is preferably 1 to 20, and more preferably 1 to 10.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 4 preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkoxy group represented by R 4 is preferably 1-20, and more preferably 1-10.
  • the alkyl group may be linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aralkyl group represented by R 4 is preferably 7 to 20, and more preferably 7 to 10.
  • m represents an integer of 0 to 4, preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 0.
  • the azole compound include 2-mercaptobenzimidazole (E-1 below), 2,5-dimercapto-1,3,4-thiadiazole (E-2 below), 2-mercaptobenzothiazole (E-3 below), 2-mercaptoimidazoline (E-4 below), 2-mercaptothiazoline (E below) -5), 2-aminothiazole (E-6 below), 3-amino-5-mercaptotriazole (E-7 below) and the like.
  • the content of the azole compound is preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, and 0.5 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer component. More preferred. Line width stability can be improved more by making content of an azole compound into 0.1 mass part or more (preferably 0.5 mass part or more). Only one type of azole compound may be used, or two or more types may be used. In the case of two or more types, the total is preferably in the above range.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a solvent.
  • a solvent used for the composition of this invention Although a well-known solvent can be used, It is preferable to use the solvent which contains two or more acetate structures in a molecule
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably prepared as a solution in which the essential components of the present invention and further optional components described below are dissolved in a solvent.
  • the solvent containing two or more acetate structures in the molecule is not particularly limited as long as it contains two or more acetate structures in the molecule, but the number of acetate structures in the molecule is preferably 2 to 4, and two more preferable.
  • the solvent having two or more acetate structures in the molecule is preferably a solvent having a boiling point of 130 ° C. or higher and lower than 300 ° C., preferably a solvent having a boiling point of 180 ° C. or higher and lower than 270 ° C., and more preferably a solvent having a boiling point of 200 ° C. or higher and lower than 270 ° C. .
  • the boiling point is a boiling point at 1 atm unless otherwise specified. Further, in the case of a solvent mixture containing two or more kinds of solvents, the boiling point is a weighted average of the boiling points of the respective solvents with respect to the total solvent at the respective weight ratios.
  • Examples of the solvent containing two or more acetate structures in the molecule include 1,2-ethylenediol diacetate, 1,2-propanediol diacetate, 1,3-propanediol diacetate, 1,2- Examples include butanediol diacetate, 1,3-butanediol diacetate, 1,4-butanediol diacetate, 1,6-hexanediol diacetate, and triacetin.
  • C1 The solvent containing two or more acetate structures in the molecule can be used alone or in admixture of two or more.
  • the content of the solvent is preferably 1 to 10% by mass of the total components of the photosensitive resin composition. More preferably, the content is 1 to 5% by mass.
  • a mixed solvent it is preferable to add another solvent to the solvent containing two or more acetate structures in the molecule, if necessary, to obtain a mixed solvent.
  • a mixed solvent it is preferable to select another solvent so that the weighted average of the boiling points of the respective solvents with respect to the total solvent is 130 ° C. or higher and lower than 300 ° C.
  • Other solvents can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the other solvent is preferably a solvent having a boiling point of 130 ° C. or higher and lower than 160 ° C., or a solvent having a boiling point of 160 ° C. or higher.
  • propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (boiling point 146 ° C.)
  • examples thereof include solvents having one acetate structure in the molecule such as (boiling point 158 ° C.); propylene glycol methyl-n-butyl ether (boiling point 155 ° C.) and propylene glycol methyl-n-propyl ether (boiling point 131 ° C.).
  • Solvents having a boiling point of 160 ° C or higher include ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate (boiling point 170 ° C), diethylene glycol methyl ethyl ether (boiling point 176 ° C), propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate (boiling point 160 ° C), dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate.
  • solvents such as ethylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, ethylene glycol dialkyl ethers, ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates, propylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, propylene glycol dialkyl ethers.
  • specific examples of other solvents used in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention include the solvents described in paragraph numbers 0174 to 0178 of JP 2011-221494A, the contents of which are described in the present specification. Incorporated into.
  • the solvent that can be used in the present invention is a single type or a combination of two types, more preferably a combination of two types, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates or dialkyl ethers, diacetates. And diethylene glycol dialkyl ethers or esters and butylene glycol alkyl ether acetates are more preferably used in combination.
  • the content of the other solvent is preferably 70 to 95% by mass of the total components of the photosensitive resin composition, and is 85% by mass or more. More preferably it is.
  • an alkoxysilane compound, a crosslinking agent, a sensitizer, a surfactant, and an antioxidant can be preferably added to the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention as necessary.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention includes an acid proliferation agent, a development accelerator, a plasticizer, a thermal radical generator, a thermal acid generator, an ultraviolet absorber, a thickener, and an organic or inorganic precipitation inhibitor.
  • Known additives such as can be added.
  • Examples of the other components include compounds described in [0180] [0228] of JP2011-221494A.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain an alkoxysilane compound.
  • an alkoxysilane compound When an alkoxysilane compound is used, the adhesion between the film formed from the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention and the substrate can be improved, or the properties of the film formed from the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be adjusted. Can do.
  • the alkoxysilane compound a dialkoxysilane compound or a trialkoxysilane compound is preferable, and a trialkoxysilane compound is more preferable.
  • the alkoxy group contained in the alkoxysilane compound preferably has 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • the alkoxysilane compound that can be used in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is a base material, for example, a silicon compound such as silicon, silicon oxide, or silicon nitride, or a metal such as gold, copper, molybdenum, titanium, or aluminum.
  • the compound improves the adhesion between the insulating film and the insulating film.
  • a known silane coupling agent or the like is also effective.
  • silane coupling agents include ⁇ -aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, ⁇ -aminopropyltriethoxysilane, ⁇ -glycidoxypropyltrialkoxysilane, ⁇ -glycidoxypropylalkyldialkoxysilane, and ⁇ -methacryloxy.
  • ⁇ -glycidoxypropyltrialkoxysilane and ⁇ -methacryloxypropyltrialkoxysilane are more preferable, ⁇ -glycidoxypropyltrialkoxysilane is more preferable, and 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane is more preferable. Further preferred. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • Ph is a phenyl group.
  • the alkoxysilane compound in the photosensitive resin composition of this invention is not specifically limited to these, A well-known thing can be used.
  • the content of the alkoxysilane compound is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the photosensitive composition, 0.5 to 20 parts by mass is more preferable.
  • An alkoxysilane compound may be used individually by 1 type, or may use 2 or more types together. When using 2 or more types of alkoxysilane compounds, the total amount becomes the said range.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of this invention contains crosslinking agents other than the said (C) alicyclic epoxy compound as needed.
  • a crosslinking agent By adding a crosslinking agent, the cured film obtained by the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be made a stronger film.
  • the crosslinking agent is not limited as long as a crosslinking reaction is caused by heat.
  • a compound having two or more epoxy groups or oxetanyl groups in the molecule described below, an alkoxymethyl group-containing crosslinking agent, a compound having at least one ethylenically unsaturated double bond, a blocked isocyanate compound, etc. Can be added.
  • the crosslinking agent include compounds described in [0187] to [0199] of JP2011-212494A.
  • the addition amount of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition.
  • the amount is more preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, and further preferably 0.5 to 20 parts by mass.
  • a plurality of crosslinking agents may be used in combination. In that case, the content is calculated by adding all the crosslinking agents.
  • a crosslinking agent may be used individually by 1 type, or may use 2 or more types together. When two or more types of crosslinking agents are used, the total amount falls within the above range.
  • bisphenol A type epoxy resins bisphenol F type epoxy resins, phenol novolac type epoxy resins, aliphatic epoxies, and aliphatic epoxy resins are more preferable, and bisphenol A type epoxy resins are particularly preferable.
  • Aron Oxetane OXT-121, OXT-221, OX-SQ, and PNOX above, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
  • the compound containing an oxetanyl group is preferably used alone or mixed with a compound containing an epoxy group.
  • alkoxymethyl group-containing crosslinking agents described in paragraphs 0107 to 0108 of JP2012-8223A and compounds having at least one ethylenically unsaturated double bond are also preferably used. The contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • alkoxymethyl group-containing crosslinking agent alkoxymethylated glycoluril is preferable.
  • a blocked isocyanate compound can also be preferably employed as a crosslinking agent.
  • the blocked isocyanate compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having a blocked isocyanate group, but is preferably a compound having two or more blocked isocyanate groups in one molecule from the viewpoint of curability.
  • the blocked isocyanate group in this invention is a group which can produce
  • the group which reacted the blocking agent and the isocyanate group and protected the isocyanate group can illustrate preferably.
  • the blocked isocyanate group is preferably a group capable of generating an isocyanate group by heat at 90 ° C. to 250 ° C.
  • the skeleton of the blocked isocyanate compound is not particularly limited and may be any as long as it has two isocyanate groups in one molecule, and is aliphatic, alicyclic or aromatic.
  • Polyisocyanates may be used, for example, 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate, 2,6-tolylene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, 1,6-hexamethylene diisocyanate, 1,3-trimethylene diisocyanate, 1,4-tetramethylene Diisocyanate, 2,2,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, 2,4,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, 1,9-nonamethylene diisocyanate, 1,10-decamethylene diisocyanate, 1,4-cyclohexane diisocyanate, 2 2'-diethyl ether diisocyanate, diphenylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate, o-xylene diisocyanate, m-xylene diisocyanate, p-xylene diisocyanate, methylene bis (cyclohexyl isocyanate), cyclohexane-1,3
  • a compound and a prepolymer type skeleton compound derived from these compounds can be preferably used.
  • tolylene diisocyanate (TDI), diphenylmethane diisocyanate (MDI), hexamethylene diisocyanate (HDI), and isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI) are particularly preferable.
  • Examples of the matrix structure of the blocked isocyanate compound in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention include biuret type, isocyanurate type, adduct type, and bifunctional prepolymer type.
  • Examples of the blocking agent that forms the block structure of the blocked isocyanate compound include oxime compounds, lactam compounds, phenol compounds, alcohol compounds, amine compounds, active methylene compounds, pyrazole compounds, mercaptan compounds, imidazole compounds, and imide compounds. be able to.
  • a blocking agent selected from oxime compounds, lactam compounds, phenol compounds, alcohol compounds, amine compounds, active methylene compounds, and pyrazole compounds is particularly preferable.
  • Examples of the oxime compound include oxime and ketoxime, and specific examples include acetoxime, formaldoxime, cyclohexane oxime, methyl ethyl ketone oxime, cyclohexanone oxime, benzophenone oxime, and acetoxime.
  • Examples of the lactam compound include ⁇ -caprolactam and ⁇ -butyrolactam.
  • Examples of the phenol compound include phenol, naphthol, cresol, xylenol, and halogen-substituted phenol.
  • Examples of the alcohol compound include methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, cyclohexanol, ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, and alkyl lactate.
  • Examples of the amine compound include primary amines and secondary amines, which may be aromatic amines, aliphatic amines, and alicyclic amines, and examples thereof include aniline, diphenylamine, ethyleneimine, and polyethyleneimine.
  • Examples of the active methylene compound include diethyl malonate, dimethyl malonate, ethyl acetoacetate, methyl acetoacetate and the like.
  • Examples of the pyrazole compound include pyrazole, methylpyrazole, dimethylpyrazole and the like.
  • Examples of the mercaptan compound include alkyl mercaptans and aryl mercaptans.
  • the blocked isocyanate compound that can be used in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is commercially available.
  • Coronate AP Stable M Coronate 2503, 2515, 2507, 2513, 2555, Millionate MS-50 (or more, Nippon Polyurethane Industry Co., Ltd.), Takenate B-830, B-815N, B-820NSU, B-842N, B-84N, B-870N, B-874N, B-882N (above, manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.) ), Duranate 17B-60PX, 17B-60P, TPA-B80X, TPA-B80E, MF-B60X, MF-B60B, MF-K60X, MF-K60B, E402-B80B, SBN-70D, SBB-70P, K6000 (above , Manufactured by Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation, Death Module B 1100, BL1265 MPA / X, BL
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a sensitizer in order to promote its decomposition in the combination with the compound represented by (A2) general formula (2).
  • the sensitizer absorbs actinic rays or radiation and enters an electronically excited state.
  • the sensitizer in an electronically excited state comes into contact with the photoacid generator, and effects such as electron transfer, energy transfer, and heat generation occur. Thereby, a photo-acid generator raise
  • Examples of preferred sensitizers include compounds belonging to the following compounds and having an absorption wavelength in any of the wavelength ranges from 350 nm to 450 nm.
  • Polynuclear aromatics eg, pyrene, perylene, triphenylene, anthracene, 9,10-dibutoxyanthracene, 9,10-diethoxyanthracene, 3,7-dimethoxyanthracene, 9,10-dipropyloxyanthracene
  • xanthenes Eg, fluorescein, eosin, erythrosine, rhodamine B, rose bengal
  • xanthones eg, xanthone, thioxanthone, dimethylthioxanthone, diethylthioxanthone
  • cyanines eg, thiacarbocyanine, oxacarbocyanine
  • merocyanines For example, merocyanine, carbomerocyanine), rhodocyanines, oxonols, thiazines (eg, thionine, methylene blue, to
  • polynuclear aromatics polynuclear aromatics, acridones, styryls, base styryls, and coumarins are preferable, and polynuclear aromatics are more preferable.
  • polynuclear aromatics anthracene derivatives are most preferred.
  • compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0102 of JP2013-213867A can be preferably used, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the addition amount of the sensitizer is preferably 0 to 1000 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the photoacid generator of the photosensitive resin composition.
  • the amount is more preferably 10 to 500 parts by weight, further preferably 50 to 400 parts by weight, and particularly preferably 50 to 350 parts by weight.
  • the addition amount of the sensitizer is also preferably 50 to 200 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the photoacid generator of the photosensitive resin composition.
  • a sensitizer may be used individually by 1 type, or may use 2 or more types together. When two or more kinds of sensitizers are used, the total amount is within the above range.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a surfactant.
  • a surfactant any of anionic, cationic, nonionic, or amphoteric can be used, but a preferred surfactant is a nonionic surfactant.
  • nonionic surfactants include polyoxyethylene higher alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene higher alkyl phenyl ethers, higher fatty acid diesters of polyoxyethylene glycol, silicone-based and fluorine-based surfactants. .
  • KP manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • Polyflow manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • F Top manufactured by JEMCO
  • Mega Fuck manufactured by DIC Corporation
  • Florard Suditomo 3M
  • Surflon manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.
  • PolyFox manufactured by OMNOVA
  • SH-8400 Toray Dow Corning Silicone
  • the surfactant contains the structural unit A and the structural unit B represented by the following general formula (J-1), and is converted to polystyrene measured by gel permeation chromatography using tetrahydrofuran (THF) as a solvent.
  • a copolymer having a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 1,000 or more and 10,000 or less can be given as a preferred example.
  • R 401 and R 403 each represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 402 represents a linear alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
  • R 404 represents a hydrogen atom or a carbon number
  • 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
  • L represents an alkylene group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms
  • p and q are mass percentages representing a polymerization ratio
  • p is a numerical value of 10 mass% to 80 mass%.
  • Q represents a numerical value of 20% to 90% by mass
  • r represents an integer of 1 to 18, and s represents an integer of 1 to 10.
  • L is preferably a branched alkylene group represented by the following general formula (J-2).
  • R 405 in formula (J-2) represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms in terms of compatibility and wettability with respect to the coated surface. A number 2 or 3 alkyl group is more preferred.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the copolymer is more preferably from 1,500 to 5,000.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of this invention contains surfactant
  • the addition amount of surfactant is 10 mass parts or less with respect to 100 mass parts of total solids in the photosensitive resin composition. 0.001 to 10 parts by mass is more preferable, and 0.01 to 3 parts by mass is even more preferable.
  • Surfactant may be used individually by 1 type, or may use 2 or more types together. When using 2 or more types of surfactant, the total amount becomes the said range.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain an antioxidant.
  • an antioxidant a well-known antioxidant can be included. By adding an antioxidant, there is an advantage that coloring of the cured film can be prevented, or a decrease in film thickness due to decomposition can be reduced, and heat-resistant transparency is excellent.
  • antioxidants include phosphorus antioxidants, amides, hydrazides, hindered amine antioxidants, sulfur antioxidants, phenol antioxidants, ascorbic acids, zinc sulfate, sugars, Examples thereof include nitrates, sulfites, thiosulfates, and hydroxylamine derivatives.
  • phenolic antioxidants hindered amine antioxidants, phosphorus antioxidants, amide antioxidants, hydrazide antioxidants, sulfur oxidations are particularly preferred from the viewpoint of coloring of the cured film and reduction of the film thickness.
  • Inhibitors are preferred. These may be used individually by 1 type and may mix 2 or more types. Examples of commercially available phenolic antioxidants include ADK STAB AO-15, ADK STAB AO-18, ADK STAB AO-20, ADK STAB AO-23, ADK STAB AO-30, ADK STAB AO-37, ADK STAB AO-40 and ADK STAB AO.
  • ADK STAB AO-51 ADK STAB AO-60
  • ADK STAB AO-70 ADK STAB AO-80
  • ADK STAB AO-330 ADK STAB AO-412S
  • ADK STAB AO-503 ADK STAB A-611, ADK STAB A-612, ADK STAB A -613, ADK STAB PEP-4C, ADK STAB PEP-8, ADK STAB PEP-8W, ADK STAB PEP-24G, ADK STAB PEP-36, ADK STAB PEP-36Z, ADK STAB HP-1 ADK STAB 2112, ADK STAB 260, ADK STAB 1522, ADK STAB 1178, ADK STAB 1500, ADK STAB C, ADK STAB 13510, ADK STAB 3010, ADK STAB CDA-1, ADK STAB CDA-6, ADK STAB ZS-27, ADK STAB ZS-90 -91, ADK STAB LA-52, ADK STAB LA-
  • the content of the antioxidant is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. It is more preferably from 5 to 5% by mass, particularly preferably from 0.5 to 4% by mass. By setting it within this range, sufficient transparency of the formed film can be obtained, and the sensitivity at the time of pattern formation becomes good.
  • additives other than antioxidants various ultraviolet absorbers described in “New Development of Polymer Additives (Nikkan Kogyo Shimbun Co., Ltd.)”, metal deactivators, and the like are used in the present invention. You may add to a resin composition. Antioxidants may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types of antioxidant, the total amount becomes the said range.
  • an acid proliferating agent can be used for the purpose of improving sensitivity.
  • the acid proliferating agent that can be used in the present invention is a compound that can further generate an acid by an acid-catalyzed reaction to increase the acid concentration in the reaction system, and is a compound that exists stably in the absence of an acid. is there.
  • the acid strength is preferably 3 or less as an acid dissociation constant, pKa, and particularly preferably 2 or less.
  • the acid proliferating agent examples include paragraph numbers 0203 to 0223 of JP-A-10-1508, paragraphs 0016 to 0055 of JP-A-10-282642, and page 39 of JP-T 9-512498.
  • the compounds described on line 12 to page 47, line 2 can be mentioned, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the acid proliferating agent that can be used in the present invention include pKa such as dichloroacetic acid, trichloroacetic acid, methanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, and phenylphosphonic acid, which are decomposed by an acid generated from the acid generator. Examples include compounds that generate 3 or less acids. In particular Etc.
  • the content of the acid proliferating agent in the photosensitive composition is 10 to 1,000 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the photoacid generator. It is preferable from the viewpoint of dissolution contrast between the exposed area and the unexposed area, and more preferably 20 to 500 parts by mass.
  • the acid proliferating agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more kinds of acid proliferating agents are used, the total amount is within the above range.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can contain a development accelerator.
  • a development accelerator As the development accelerator, the description in paragraphs 0171 to 0172 of JP2012-042837A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the development accelerator any compound having a development acceleration effect can be used, and the development accelerator may be a compound having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, and an alkyleneoxy group.
  • a compound having a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group is more preferable, and a compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group is more preferable.
  • the molecular weight of the development accelerator is preferably 100 to 2000, more preferably 150 to 1500, and most preferably 150 to 1000.
  • development accelerators having an alkyleneoxy group include polyethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, polyethylene glycol dimethyl ether, polyethylene glycol glyceryl ester, polypropylene glycol glyceryl ester, polypropylene glycol diglyceryl ester, polybutylene glycol, Examples thereof include polyethylene glycol-bisphenol A ether, polypropylene glycol-bisphenol A ether, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether, polyoxyethylene alkyl ester, and compounds described in JP-A-9-222724. Examples of compounds having a carboxy group include compounds described in JP-A No.
  • JP-A No. 9-6001 JP-A No. 10-20501, JP-A No. 11-338150, and the like.
  • Examples of those having a phenolic hydroxyl group include JP-A-2005-346024, JP-A-10-133366, JP-A-9-194415, JP-A-9-222724, JP-A-11-171810, Examples thereof include compounds described in JP 2007-121766, JP-A-9-297396, JP-A 2003-43679, and the like.
  • phenol compounds having 2 to 10 benzene rings are preferable, and phenol compounds having 2 to 5 benzene rings are more preferable.
  • Particularly preferred is a phenolic compound disclosed as a dissolution accelerator in JP-A-10-133366.
  • a development accelerator may be used individually by 1 type, and can also use 2 or more types together.
  • the addition amount of the development accelerator is 0 to 30 with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the photosensitive composition from the viewpoint of sensitivity and residual film ratio. Mass parts are preferred, 0.1 to 20 parts by mass are more preferred, and 0.5 to 10 parts by mass are even more preferred.
  • the total amount is within the above range.
  • thermal radical generators described in paragraphs 0120 to 0121 of JP2012-8223A, nitrogen-containing compounds and thermal acid generators described in WO2011-133604A1 can be used. Is incorporated herein by reference.
  • a resin composition can be prepared by preparing a solution in which components are dissolved in a solvent in advance and then mixing them in a predetermined ratio.
  • the composition solution prepared as described above can be used after being filtered using a filter having a pore size of 0.2 ⁇ m or the like.
  • the pattern manufacturing method of the present invention is a method of forming a pattern on a substrate, and preferably includes the following steps (1) to (4).
  • substrate (2) a step of drying the photosensitive resin composition to form a photosensitive resin composition layer; (3) a step of exposing the photosensitive resin composition layer; (4) A process for producing a pattern comprising a step of developing the exposed photosensitive resin composition layer.
  • a step of performing etching using the formed pattern as an etching resist and (6) a step of removing the pattern by plasma treatment or chemical treatment may be included. Each step will be described below in order.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably applied onto a substrate to form a wet film containing a solvent.
  • substrate cleaning such as alkali cleaning or plasma cleaning
  • the method for treating the substrate surface with hexamethyldisilazane is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method in which the substrate is exposed to hexamethyldisilazane vapor.
  • the substrate include an inorganic substrate, a resin, and a resin composite material.
  • a chromium film, a molybdenum film, a molybdenum alloy film, a tantalum film, a tantalum alloy film, a tungsten film, a tungsten alloy film, and an oxide doped with tin oxide For example, a chromium film, a molybdenum film, a molybdenum alloy film, a tantalum film, a tantalum alloy film, a tungsten film, a tungsten alloy film, and an oxide doped with tin oxide.
  • Metal substrates such as indium (ITO, IZO) film, tin oxide film, Ni, Cu, Fe, Al, etc .; quartz (SiOx), glass, silicon nitride film, silicone, silicone nitride, polysilicon, silicone oxide, amorphous silicon film IGZO and other oxide semiconductor films, SOG, silicon substrates such as glass square substrates for manufacturing liquid crystal elements; polymer substrates such as paper, polyester film, polycarbonate film, polyimide film, and other polymer substrates used in organic EL display devices Ceramic materials, Ti substrates, Al substrates It can be used.
  • an ITO substrate, a molybdenum substrate, a silicon substrate, a SiOx substrate, a SiNx substrate, a Cu substrate, or an Al substrate is preferable, and an ITO substrate, a molybdenum substrate, a SiOx substrate, a SiNx substrate, or a silicon substrate is preferable.
  • the shape of the substrate may be a plate shape or a roll shape.
  • the thickness of the inorganic film to be etched is not limited, and may be a film having an ideographic surface of only a few nm, or the material of the whole substrate.
  • the case where the base-material surface is the composite surface of the said material (board
  • the coating method on the substrate is not particularly limited, and for example, a method such as an inkjet method, a slit coating method, a spray method, a roll coating method, a spin coating method, a casting coating method, a slit and spin method can be used. Furthermore, it is also possible to apply a so-called pre-wet method as described in JP-A-2009-145395.
  • the wet film thickness when applied is not particularly limited, and can be applied with a film thickness according to the application, but it is usually used in the range of 0.5 to 10 ⁇ m.
  • the step of drying is a step of removing the solvent by drying. More specifically, the solvent is removed from the applied film by reducing pressure (vacuum) and / or heating to form a dry coating film on the substrate.
  • the heating conditions for the solvent removal step are preferably 70 to 130 ° C. and about 30 to 300 seconds. When the temperature and time are in the above ranges, the pattern adhesiveness is better and the residue tends to be further reduced.
  • the substrate provided with the coating film is irradiated with actinic rays through a mask having a predetermined pattern.
  • the photoacid generator is decomposed to generate an acid. Due to the catalytic action of the generated acid, the acid-decomposable group contained in the coating film component is hydrolyzed to generate a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group.
  • an exposure light source using actinic light a low-pressure mercury lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultrahigh-pressure mercury lamp, a chemical lamp, an LED light source, an excimer laser generator, and the like can be used.
  • Actinic rays having a wavelength of 300 nm to 450 nm, such as 405 nm), can be preferably used.
  • irradiation light can also be adjusted through spectral filters, such as a long wavelength cut filter, a short wavelength cut filter, and a band pass filter, as needed.
  • various types of exposure machines such as a mirror projection aligner, a stepper, a scanner, a proximity, a contact, a microlens array, and a laser exposure can be used.
  • post-exposure heat treatment In order to accelerate the hydrolysis reaction in the region where the acid catalyst is generated, post-exposure heat treatment: Post Exposure Bake (hereinafter also referred to as “PEB”) can be performed.
  • PEB Post Exposure Bake
  • PEB can promote the formation of a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group from an acid-decomposable group.
  • the temperature for performing PEB is preferably 30 ° C. or higher and 130 ° C. or lower, more preferably 40 ° C. or higher and 110 ° C. or lower, and particularly preferably 50 ° C. or higher and 100 ° C. or lower.
  • the acid-decomposable group in the present invention has low activation energy for acid decomposition and is easily decomposed by an acid derived from an acid generator by exposure to generate a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group, PEB is not necessarily performed.
  • a positive image can also be formed by development.
  • a halftone mask When exposing using a mask, a halftone mask can be used in addition to a normal mask.
  • the halftone (HT) phase difference mask is a mask that cancels the diffracted light to the periphery of the pattern at the time of exposure with light having an opposite phase.
  • a transparent substrate 32 provided with a phase shifter portion (phase change film 31) having a specific transmittance on the outer periphery of an exposure pattern is used as the halftone (HT) phase difference mask 30 .
  • An exposure mode using this is schematically shown in FIG. In FIG. 3, s indicates a transmission part, k indicates an exposure part (substrate), 33 indicates a light intensity distribution, 34 indicates a light amplitude distribution (positive phase), and 35 indicates a light amplitude distribution (reverse phase). Yes.
  • the light whose waveforms are inverted are irradiated adjacent to each other, so that the difference in the amount of light at the edge portion of the pattern is increased and the exposure resolution can be improved.
  • a processing method employing such an exposure method is known, and for example, the procedures and conditions described in JP 2010-8868 A and JP 2007-241136 A can be referred to.
  • the form of the halftone phase difference mask applied to the present invention is not particularly limited.
  • a laminated mask in which the phase shifter layer is divided into a transmittance adjustment layer and a phase adjustment layer may be used.
  • a halftone phase difference mask refers to a mask having a transmission part and a phase shifter part.
  • a phase You may use the mask which has a shifter part and a light-shielding part.
  • a copolymer having a liberated carboxyl group or phenolic hydroxyl group is developed using an alkaline developer.
  • a positive image is formed by removing an exposed area containing a resin composition having an acid group that easily dissolves in an alkaline developer, such as a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group.
  • the developer used in the development step preferably contains an aqueous solution of a basic compound.
  • Examples of basic compounds include alkali metal hydroxides such as lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, and potassium hydroxide; alkali metal carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, and cesium carbonate; sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate Alkali metal bicarbonates such as: tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, diethyldimethylammonium hydroxide, and other tetraalkylammonium hydroxides: Alkyl) trialkylammonium hydroxides; silicates such as sodium silicate and sodium metasilicate; ethylamine, propylamine, diethylamine, triethylammonium Alkylamines such as diamine; alcohol amines such as dimethylethanolamine and triethanolamine; 1,8-diazabicyclo- [5.4.0] -7-und
  • sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, and choline (2-hydroxyethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide) are preferable.
  • An aqueous solution obtained by adding an appropriate amount of a water-soluble organic solvent such as methanol or ethanol or a surfactant to the alkaline aqueous solution can also be used as a developer.
  • the pH of the developer is preferably from 9.0 to 15.0, more preferably from 10.0 to 14.0.
  • the concentration of the developer is preferably from 0.1 to 20% by mass, more preferably from 0.1 to 5.0% by mass.
  • the development time is preferably 30 to 180 seconds, and the development method may be any of a liquid piling method, a dipping method, a shower method, and the like. After development, washing with running water can be performed for 30 to 300 seconds to form a desired pattern.
  • a rinsing step can also be performed after development. In the rinsing step, the developed substrate and the development residue are removed by washing the developed substrate with pure water or the like.
  • a known method can be used as the rinsing method. For example, a shower rinse, a dip rinse, etc. can be mentioned.
  • the method for dry etching the substrate using the resist pattern as a mask is not particularly limited, and a known method can be used.
  • the pattern manufacturing method of the present invention may include (6) a step of stripping the resist pattern.
  • a step of stripping the resist pattern There is no restriction
  • the resist pattern is preferably peeled off by plasma treatment or chemical treatment.
  • the pattern corresponding to the unexposed area obtained by development is predetermined at a predetermined temperature, for example, 100 to 250 ° C., using a heating device such as a hot plate or an oven.
  • a heating device such as a hot plate or an oven.
  • a cured film having excellent hardness and the like can be formed by performing the heat treatment for 5 to 60 minutes on a hot plate, and 30 to 90 minutes on an oven.
  • transparency of a cured film can also be improved by performing in nitrogen atmosphere.
  • the substrate on which the cured film is formed in a pattern can be re-exposed with actinic rays and then heated.
  • the exposure in the re-exposure step may be performed by the same means as in the exposure step. However, in the re-exposure step, the entire surface of the substrate on which the film is formed by the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is used. It is preferable to perform exposure.
  • a preferable exposure amount for the re-exposure step is 100 to 1,000 mJ / cm 2 .
  • the pattern of this invention is a pattern obtained by etching the said board
  • the pattern of the present invention is preferably ITO, molybdenum, silicon, SiOx, SiNx, Cu, or Al, and more preferably ITO, molybdenum, SiOx, SiNx, or silicon.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is excellent in releasability, sensitivity, resolution, and exposure margin, and has excellent adhesion to materials on various substrate surfaces, so that a resist pattern having excellent rectangularity can be obtained. Since the pattern of the present invention is obtained by the method for producing a pattern of the present invention using the resist pattern, it can be finely processed, and an organic EL display device or a liquid crystal display device can have high definition display characteristics.
  • the liquid crystal display device of the present invention comprises a pattern of a functional inorganic film formed using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. That is, it has the pattern manufactured by the pattern manufacturing method of the present invention.
  • the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not particularly limited except that it has a pattern of a functional inorganic film formed using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, and known liquid crystal display devices having various structures are used. Can be mentioned.
  • specific examples of TFT (Thin-Film Transistor) included in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention include amorphous silicon-TFT, low-temperature polysilicon-TFT, oxide semiconductor TFT, and the like.
  • the cured film of the present invention is excellent in electrical characteristics, it can be preferably used in combination with these TFTs.
  • a liquid crystal driving method that can be adopted by the liquid crystal display device of the present invention, a TN (Twisted Nematic) method, a VA (Virtual Alignment) method, an IPS (In-Place-Switching) method, an FFS (Frings Field Switching) method, an OCB (Optical) method. Compensated Bend) method and the like.
  • the cured film of the present invention can also be used in a COA (Color Filter on Array) type liquid crystal display device.
  • the organic insulating film (115) of JP-A-2005-284291, -346054 can be used as the organic insulating film (212).
  • Specific examples of the alignment method of the liquid crystal alignment film that the liquid crystal display device of the present invention can take include a rubbing alignment method and a photo alignment method.
  • the polymer orientation may be supported by a PSA (Polymer Sustained Alignment) technique described in JP-A Nos. 2003-149647 and 2011-257734.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of this invention and the cured film of this invention are not limited to the said use, It can be used for various uses.
  • FIG. 2 is a conceptual cross-sectional view showing an example of the active matrix type liquid crystal display device 10.
  • the color liquid crystal display device 10 is a liquid crystal panel having a backlight unit 12 on the back surface, and the liquid crystal panel includes all pixels disposed between two glass substrates 14 and 15 having a polarizing film attached thereto.
  • the elements of the TFT 16 corresponding to are arranged.
  • Each element formed on the glass substrate is wired with an ITO transparent electrode 19 that forms a pixel electrode through a contact hole 18 formed in the cured film 17.
  • an RGB color filter 22 in which a liquid crystal 20 layer and a black matrix are arranged is provided.
  • the light source of the backlight is not particularly limited, and a known light source can be used.
  • a white LED, a multicolor LED such as blue, red, and green, a fluorescent lamp (cold cathode tube), and an organic EL can be used.
  • the liquid crystal display device can be a 3D (stereoscopic) type or a touch panel type. It is also possible to make it flexible.
  • FIG. 4 is a conceptual diagram illustrating an example of a touch panel display device.
  • 4 includes a lower display panel 200 corresponding to a thin film transistor display panel provided with a thin film transistor (TFT) 440, a plurality of color filters on a surface facing the lower display panel 200 and facing the lower display panel 200.
  • 330 includes an upper display panel 300 corresponding to a color filter display panel 330 and a liquid crystal layer 400 formed between the lower display panel 200 and the upper display panel 300.
  • the liquid crystal layer 400 includes liquid crystal molecules (not shown).
  • the lower display panel 200 is disposed on the first insulating substrate 210, the thin film transistor (TFT) disposed on the first insulating substrate 210, the insulating film 280 formed on the upper surface of the thin film transistor (TFT), and the insulating film 280.
  • a pixel electrode 290 is included.
  • the thin film transistor (TFT) may include a gate electrode 220, a gate insulating film 240 covering the gate electrode 220, a semiconductor layer 250, ohmic contact layers 260 and 262, a source electrode 270, and a drain electrode 272.
  • the insulating film 280 can be formed using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention.
  • a contact hole 282 is formed in the insulating film 280 so that the drain electrode 272 of the thin film transistor (TFT) is exposed.
  • the upper display panel 300 is disposed on one surface of the second insulating substrate 310, the light shielding members 320 arranged in a matrix, the color filter 330 disposed on the second insulating substrate 310, and the color filter 330. And a common electrode 370 for applying a voltage to the liquid crystal layer 400 corresponding to the pixel electrode 290 of the lower display panel 200.
  • a metal mesh 410 and a protective film 420 are provided on the other surface of the second insulating substrate 310.
  • the organic EL display device of the present invention includes a functional inorganic film pattern formed using a photosensitive resin composition. That is, it has the pattern manufactured by the pattern manufacturing method of the present invention.
  • the organic EL display device of the present invention is not particularly limited except that it has a pattern of a functional inorganic film formed using the photosensitive resin composition, and various known organic EL display devices having various structures. And a liquid crystal display device.
  • specific examples of TFT (Thin-Film Transistor) included in the organic EL display device of the present invention include amorphous silicon-TFT, low-temperature polysilicon-TFT, oxide semiconductor TFT, and the like.
  • FIG. 1 is a conceptual diagram of an example of an organic EL display device.
  • 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a substrate in a bottom emission type organic EL display device.
  • a bottom gate type TFT 1 is formed on a glass substrate 6, and an insulating film 3 made of Si 3 N 4 is formed so as to cover the TFT 1.
  • a contact hole (not shown) is formed in the insulating film 3, and then a wiring 2 (height: 1.0 ⁇ m) connected to the TFT 1 through the contact hole is formed on the insulating film 3.
  • the wiring 2 is for connecting the TFT 1 with an organic EL element formed between the TFTs 1 or in a later process. Further, in order to flatten the unevenness due to the formation of the wiring 2, the flattening film 4 is formed on the insulating film 3 with the unevenness due to the wiring 2 being embedded. On the planarizing film 4, a bottom emission type organic EL element is formed. That is, the first electrode 5 made of ITO is formed on the planarizing film 4 so as to be connected to the wiring 2 through the contact hole 7. The first electrode 5 corresponds to the anode of the organic EL element. An insulating film 8 having a shape covering the periphery of the first electrode 5 is formed.
  • a short circuit between the first electrode 5 and the second electrode formed in the subsequent process is prevented. can do.
  • a hole transport layer, an organic light emitting layer, and an electron transport layer are sequentially deposited through a desired pattern mask, and then a first layer made of Al is formed on the entire surface above the substrate.
  • An EL display device is obtained.
  • a resist pattern formed using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is used as a partition wall of a MEMS device.
  • MEMS devices include parts such as SAW filters, BAW filters, gyro sensors, display micro shutters, image sensors, electronic paper, inkjet heads, biochips, sealants, and the like. More specific examples are exemplified in JP-T-2007-522531, JP-A-2008-250200, JP-A-2009-263544, and the like.
  • MAEVE 1-ethoxyethyl methacrylate
  • MATH Tetrahydro-2H-furan-2-yl methacrylate
  • PHS parahydroxystyrene
  • BzMA (benzyl methacrylate) (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
  • MMA Methyl methacrylate
  • MAA Methacrylic acid (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
  • HEMA Hydroxyethyl methacrylate (Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
  • PGMEA Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
  • V-65 2,2′-azobis (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries)
  • V-601 Dimethyl-2,2′-azobis (2-methylpropionate) (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries)
  • HMDS Hexamethyldisilane
  • A1-1 an alkali-soluble resin protected with an acid-decomposable group. It was.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the obtained resin was 20000.
  • the polydispersity was 1.13.
  • the structure of A1-1 is a 1-ethoxyethyl protector of p-hydroxystyrene / p-hydroxystyrene copolymer (30 mol% / 70 mol%).
  • A1-2 a soluble resin having a protection rate of 25 mol%.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the obtained resin was 12,000.
  • the polydispersity was 1.13.
  • the structure of A1-2 is a 2-tetrahydrofuranyl protector of p-hydroxystyrene / p-hydroxystyrene copolymer (30 mol% / 70 mol%).
  • A2-1 copolymer was synthesized as follows. To 144.2 parts (2 molar equivalents) of ethyl vinyl ether, 0.5 part of phenothiazine was added, and 86.1 parts (1 molar equivalent) of methacrylic acid was added dropwise while cooling the reaction system to 10 ° C. or lower. ) For 4 hours. After adding 5.0 parts of pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and allowed to stand overnight at room temperature. To the reaction solution, 5 parts of sodium bicarbonate and 5 parts of sodium sulfate were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour.
  • B1 Compound having the following structure
  • B2 Compound having the following structure ⁇ Synthesis of B2>
  • Aluminum chloride (10.6 g) and 2-chloropropionyl chloride (10.1 g) were added to a suspension of 2-naphthol (10 g) and chlorobenzene (30 mL), and the mixture was heated to 40 ° C. for 2 hours. I let you. Under ice-cooling, 4N HCl aqueous solution (60 mL) was added dropwise to the reaction solution, and ethyl acetate (50 mL) was added for liquid separation. Potassium carbonate (19.2 g) was added to the organic layer, reacted at 40 ° C.
  • E-1 2-Mercaptobenzimidazole (the following structure)
  • E-5 2-mercaptothiazoline (the following structure)
  • E-7 3-amino-5-mercaptotriazole (the following structure)
  • Standard deviation ⁇ is 0.4 ⁇ m or more 2: Standard deviation ⁇ is 0.25 ⁇ m or more and less than 0.4 ⁇ m 3: Standard deviation ⁇ is 0.15 ⁇ m or more and less than 0.25 ⁇ m 4: Standard deviation ⁇ is 0.1 ⁇ m or more , Less than 0.15 ⁇ m 5: standard deviation ⁇ is less than 0.1 ⁇ m
  • Each photosensitive resin composition is slit-coated on a cleaned, HMDS-treated glass substrate (Corning 1737, 0.7 mm thick (manufactured by Corning)), and then pre-baked on a hot plate at 95 ° C. for 140 seconds to remove the solvent.
  • the photosensitive resin composition layer having a film thickness of 1.3 ⁇ m was formed by volatilization.
  • the obtained photosensitive resin composition layer was exposed through a predetermined mask using MPA 5500CF (extra high pressure mercury lamp) manufactured by Canon Inc.
  • the exposed photosensitive resin composition layer was developed with an alkali developer (0.4 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution) at 23 ° C./60 seconds, and then rinsed with ultrapure water for 20 seconds.
  • the sensitivity was evaluated with the exposure amount at which the 10 ⁇ m line-and-space pattern was exactly 10 ⁇ m by these operations as the optimum exposure amount. Three or more are practical levels.
  • a substrate with a line and space pattern prepared in the same manner as the sensitivity evaluation was post-baked on a hot plate at 140 ° C. for 3 minutes, and then immersed in a resist stripping solution N321 (manufactured by Nagase ChemteX) heated to 40 ° C.
  • a peelability test was performed by confirming that the resist pattern was peeled after time, and evaluated according to the following criteria. 1: A remaining film can be confirmed after immersion for 10 minutes. 2: The remaining film can be confirmed after immersion for 5 minutes, but the remaining film cannot be confirmed after immersion for 10 minutes. 3: A residual film can be confirmed after immersion for 3 minutes, but a residual film cannot be confirmed after immersion for 5 minutes. 4: A residual film can be confirmed after 2 minutes of immersion, but no residual film can be confirmed after 3 minutes of immersion. 5: No remaining film can be confirmed after immersion for 2 minutes.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of each example was evaluated for any of sensitivity, line width stability, and peelability in comparison with the photosensitive resin composition of each comparative example. It was found that excellent results were obtained.
  • Comparative Example 1 When no alicyclic epoxy compound was contained (Comparative Example 1), it was found that the line width stability was remarkably inferior.
  • content of an alicyclic epoxy compound exceeded 5 mass% (comparative examples 2 and 3), it turned out that peelability and a sensitivity are remarkably inferior to an Example. It can also be seen that the peelability is significantly inferior to that of the examples when the polymer having the structural unit (a1) represented by the general formula (1) is not contained (Comparative Examples 4 to 8). Further, when an epoxy compound other than the alicyclic epoxy compound was used (Comparative Examples 9 and 10), the line width stability was significantly inferior.
  • Example 101 An organic EL display device having an ITO pattern was produced by the following method (see FIG. 1).
  • a bottom gate type TFT 1 was formed on a glass substrate 6, and an insulating film 3 made of Si 3 N 4 was formed so as to cover the TFT 1.
  • a contact hole (not shown) is formed in the insulating film 3, and then a wiring 2 (height 1.0 ⁇ m) connected to the TFT 1 through the contact hole is formed on the insulating film 3. .
  • the wiring 2 is used to connect the TFT 1 with an organic EL element formed between TFTs 1 or in a later process.
  • the planarizing film 4 was formed on the insulating film 3 in a state where the unevenness due to the wiring 2 was embedded.
  • the planarization film 4 is formed on the insulating film 3 by spin-coating the photosensitive resin composition described in Example 1 of JP-A-2009-98616 on a substrate and pre-baking (90 ° C. ⁇ 90 ° C.) on a hot plate.
  • a bottom emission type organic EL element was formed on the obtained planarization film 4.
  • a first electrode 5 made of ITO was formed on the planarizing film 4 so as to be connected to the wiring 2 through the contact hole 7.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of Example 1 was spin-coated on an ITO substrate, pre-baked on a hot plate (90 ° C. ⁇ 2 minutes), and then i-line (365 nm) was 20 mJ from above the mask using a high-pressure mercury lamp. After irradiation with / cm 2 (illuminance 20 mW / cm 2 ), the pattern was formed by developing with an alkaline aqueous solution.
  • the post-baking heat processing for 3 minutes were performed at 140 degreeC before the etching process.
  • ITO was patterned by wet etching by dipping in an ITO etchant (3% aqueous oxalic acid solution) at 40 ° C./1 min. Thereafter, the resist pattern was peeled off by being immersed in a resist stripping solution (MS2001, manufactured by Fuji Film Electronics Materials Co., Ltd.) at 70 ° C. for 7 minutes.
  • the first electrode 5 thus obtained corresponds to the anode of the organic EL element.
  • an insulating film 8 having a shape covering the periphery of the first electrode 5 was formed.
  • the photosensitive resin composition described in Example 1 of JP2009-98616A was used, and the insulating film 8 was formed by the same method as described above. By providing this insulating film 8, it is possible to prevent a short circuit between the first electrode 5 and the second electrode formed in the subsequent process.
  • a hole transport layer, an organic light emitting layer, and an electron transport layer were sequentially deposited through a desired pattern mask in a vacuum deposition apparatus.
  • a second electrode made of Al was formed on the entire surface above the substrate.
  • substrate was taken out from the vapor deposition machine, and it sealed by bonding together using the glass plate for sealing, and an ultraviolet curable epoxy resin.
  • an organic EL display device having an active matrix type ITO pattern formed by connecting each organic EL element to TFT 1 for driving the organic EL element was obtained.
  • a voltage was applied via the drive circuit, it was found that the organic EL display device showed good display characteristics and high reliability.
  • Example 102 ⁇ Liquid crystal display device> A liquid crystal display device having an ITO pattern was produced by the following method.
  • the pixel electrode 4 was formed using the photosensitive resin composition of Example 1 as a mask to obtain the liquid crystal display device of Example 102. That is, the pixel electrode 4 was formed by the same method as the method for forming the first electrode 5 of the organic EL display device in Example 101.
  • TFT Thin Film Transistor
  • Wiring 3 Insulating film 4: Flattened film 5: First electrode 6: Glass substrate 7: Contact hole 8: Insulating film 10: Liquid crystal display device 12: Backlight unit 14, 15: Glass substrate 16: TFT 17: Cured film 18: Contact hole 19: ITO transparent electrode 20: Liquid crystal 22: Color filter 30: Halftone mask 32: Transparent base material 31: Phase shifter part (phase change film) 33, 34, 35: Exposure intensity curve s: Transmission part k: Exposure part (substrate) 33: Light intensity distribution 34: Light amplitude distribution (positive phase) 35: Light amplitude distribution (antiphase) 200: lower display panel 210: insulating substrate 220: gate electrode 240: gate insulating film 250: semiconductor layer 260: ohmic contact layer 270: source electrode 272: drain electrode 280: insulating film 282: contact hole 290: pixel electrode 300: upper part Display board 310: Insulating substrate 320: Light shielding member 330:

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Photosensitive Polymer And Photoresist Processing (AREA)
  • Exposure And Positioning Against Photoresist Photosensitive Materials (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a photosensitive resin composition which has good sensitivity, line width stability and separability, a pattern manufacturing method, a cured film, and an organic EL display device and liquid crystal display device manufacturing method. Relative to the total solid content, this photosensitive resin composition contains 0.01-5 mass% of (A1) a polymer having a constituent unit (a1) represented by general expression (1), (B) a photoacid generator having a 500 or greater molar extinction coefficient in 365nm-wavelength light, and (C) an alicyclic epoxy compound. In general expression (1), R1 and R2 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and at least one of R1 and R2 is an alkyl group or an aryl group; R3 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and may bind to R1 or R2 to form a cyclic ether; and R4 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

Description

感光性樹脂組成物、パターンの製造方法、硬化膜、有機EL表示装置の製造方法、および液晶表示装置の製造方法Photosensitive resin composition, pattern manufacturing method, cured film, organic EL display device manufacturing method, and liquid crystal display device manufacturing method
 本発明は、感光性樹脂組成物に関する。また、上記感光性樹脂組成物を用いたパターンの製造方法、上記感光性樹脂組成物を硬化してなる硬化膜、上記パターンの製造方法を用いた有機EL表示装置の製造方法および液晶表示装置の製造方法、ならびに、上記パターンや硬化膜を含む、有機EL表示装置および液晶表示装置に関する。さらに詳しくは、液晶表示装置、有機EL表示装置などの電子部品のレジストエッチングの形成に好適なポジ型感光性樹脂組成物およびそれを用いたパターンの製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a photosensitive resin composition. Moreover, the manufacturing method of the pattern using the said photosensitive resin composition, the cured film formed by hardening | curing the said photosensitive resin composition, the manufacturing method of the organic electroluminescence display using the manufacturing method of the said pattern, and a liquid crystal display device The present invention relates to a manufacturing method, and an organic EL display device and a liquid crystal display device including the pattern and the cured film. More specifically, the present invention relates to a positive photosensitive resin composition suitable for forming resist etching of electronic parts such as liquid crystal display devices and organic EL display devices, and a pattern manufacturing method using the same.
 フラットパネルディスプレイ装置である有機EL表示装置や液晶表示装置などに用いられるTFT(Thin Film Transistor)基板には、SiOx、SiNxなどの絶縁性の無機透明膜、ITO、IZOなどの酸化物透明導電膜、Al、Mo、Ti、Cu、Wやそれらの積層膜からなる金属膜、Si、酸化物半導体などの半導体膜がパターン化されて設けられている。これら機能性無機膜のパターン形成には、それぞれの機能性無機膜上で感光性樹脂組成物(エッチングレジスト)を塗布および溶剤除去、パターン露光、現像し、形成されたレジストパターンをマスクとしてエッチングし、加工を施す方法が広く知られている。 The TFT (Thin Film Transistor) substrate used in flat panel display devices such as organic EL display devices and liquid crystal display devices has an insulating inorganic transparent film such as SiOx and SiNx, and an oxide transparent conductive film such as ITO and IZO. , Al, Mo, Ti, Cu, W, a metal film made of a laminated film thereof, and a semiconductor film such as Si or an oxide semiconductor are provided in a pattern. For pattern formation of these functional inorganic films, a photosensitive resin composition (etching resist) is applied to each functional inorganic film, solvent removal, pattern exposure and development are performed, and etching is performed using the formed resist pattern as a mask. A method of performing processing is widely known.
 また、近年は有機EL表示装置や液晶表示装置を高精細な表示特性とするため、機能性無機膜加工の高解像性が求められている。機能性無機膜を高精細で微細加工するためには、エッチングの際にマスクとして機能するエッチングレジスト用感光性樹脂組成物の高解像性が求められている。このため、高精細で微細なパターン形状が得られるエッチングレジスト用感光性樹脂組成物が検討されている(例えば、特許文献1)。 In recent years, in order to make organic EL display devices and liquid crystal display devices have high-definition display characteristics, high resolution of functional inorganic film processing is required. In order to finely process a functional inorganic film with high definition, high resolution of a photosensitive resin composition for an etching resist that functions as a mask during etching is required. For this reason, the photosensitive resin composition for etching resists from which a high-definition and fine pattern shape is obtained is examined (for example, patent document 1).
特開2013-15694号公報JP 2013-15694 A
 近年、高精細なディスプレイ用パネル基板を高い生産性をもって生産するために、大面積のガラス基板を用いた生産が一般的となっている。これに用いられるエッチングレジスト用感光性樹脂組成物は、感度に加えて、線幅安定性および剥離性も求められている。 In recent years, in order to produce a high-definition display panel substrate with high productivity, production using a large-area glass substrate has become common. In addition to sensitivity, the photosensitive resin composition for etching resist used for this is also required to have line width stability and peelability.
 本発明は、かかる要求を解決するためになされたものであり、高い感度を維持しつつ、線幅安定性および剥離性が良好な感光性樹脂組成物、ならびに、これを応用したパターンの製造方法、硬化膜、有機EL表示装置および液晶表示装置の製造方法を提供することを目的とする。 The present invention has been made to solve such a demand, and maintains a high sensitivity, a photosensitive resin composition having good line width stability and peelability, and a pattern manufacturing method using the same. An object of the present invention is to provide a method for producing a cured film, an organic EL display device, and a liquid crystal display device.
 かかる状況のもと、本発明者が鋭意検討を行った結果、所定の構造の構成単位を有する重合体を含む重合体成分に、脂環式エポキシ化合物を所定量含有させることで感度、線幅安定性および剥離性が良好となることを見出し、本発明を完成させるに至った。
 具体的には、以下の解決手段により、上記課題は解決された。
<1>(A1)下記一般式(1)で表される構成単位(a1)を含む重合体、(B)365nmの波長の光におけるモル吸光係数が500以上の光酸発生剤、および(C)脂環式エポキシ化合物を全固形分量に対して0.01~5質量%含む感光性樹脂組成物;
 一般式(1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
一般式(1)中、R1およびR2はそれぞれ独立に水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、R1およびR2の少なくとも一方がアルキル基またはアリール基であり、R3はアルキル基またはアリール基を表し、R1またはR2と、R3とが連結して環状エーテルを形成してもよく、R4は水素原子またはメチル基を表す。
<2>(C)脂環式エポキシ化合物が、下記一般式(I)で表される化合物である、<1>に記載の感光性樹脂組成物;
一般式(I)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
一般式(I)中、nは1~4の整数を表す。Rは炭素数1~15の有機基を表す。
<3>一般式(I)中のRが、炭化水素基、または、炭化水素基と、シリル基、-O-、-CO-、-S-および-NR1-の少なくとも1つの組み合わせからなる基である、<2>に記載の感光性樹脂組成物;ただし、R1は、水素原子または炭素数1~7のアルキル基を表す。
<4>(C)脂環式エポキシ化合物が、下記一般式(II)で表される化合物である、<1>に記載の感光性樹脂組成物;
一般式(II)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
一般式(II)中、R2は炭素数1~15の有機基を表す。
<5>(C)脂環式エポキシ化合物が、下記一般式(III)で表される化合物である、<1>に記載の感光性樹脂組成物;
一般式(III)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
一般式(III)中、R3は炭素数1~14の有機基を表す。
<6>(A1)重合体が、さらに、下記一般式(5)で表される構成単位(a4)を含む、<1>~<5>のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物;
一般式(5)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
一般式(5)中、R4は水素原子またはメチル基である。
<7>さらに、下記一般式(2)で表される構成単位(a2)を有する(A2)重合体を含む、<1>~<6>のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物;
一般式(2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
一般式(2)中、R1およびR2はそれぞれ独立に水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、少なくともR1およびR2のいずれか一方がアルキル基またはアリール基であり、R3はアルキル基またはアリール基を表し、R1またはR2と、R3とが連結して環状エーテルを形成してもよく、R4は水素原子またはメチル基を表し、X0は単結合またはアリーレン基を表す。
<8>(C)脂環式エポキシ化合物の含有量が、全固形分量に対して0.05~3質量%である、<1>~<7>のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
<9>さらに、(D)塩基性化合物を含む、<1>~<8>のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
<10>(D)塩基性化合物が、下記一般式(4)で表される化合物である、<9>に記載の感光性樹脂組成物;
一般式(4)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
一般式(4)中、R1は窒素原子を少なくとも1つ以上含む基を表し、Aは2価の連結基を表し、R2は有機基を表す。
<11>さらに、(E)アゾール化合物を含む、<1>~<10>のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
<12>(E)アゾール化合物が下記一般式(X1)~(X5)から選ばれる1種以上である、<11>に記載の感光性樹脂組成物:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 式中、Xは、CRx1X2、NRx3、O、または、Sを表し、
 YおよびZは、それぞれ独立に、CRx4、または、Nを表し、
 R1、R2、RX1、RX2、RX3およびRX4は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、メルカプト基、アミノ基またはアルキル基を表し、
 R4は、アルキル基、メルカプト基、アミノ基、アルコキシ基、又はアラルキル基を表し、
 mは0~4の整数を表し、mが2以上の場合は、R4はそれぞれ同じでも異なっていてもよく、
 X、YおよびZの少なくとも1つは、NRx3またはNを表す。
<13>(1)基板の少なくとも一方の面に、<1>~<12>のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物を塗布する工程、
(2)感光性樹脂組成物を乾燥させ感光性樹脂組成物層を形成する工程、
(3)感光性樹脂組成物層を露光する工程、
(4)露光された感光性樹脂組成物層を現像する工程、を含むパターンの製造方法。
<14>さらに、(5)形成されたパターンをエッチング用レジストとして用いてエッチングを行う工程、および、(6)パターンをプラズマ処理または薬品処理により除去する工程、を含む、<13>に記載のパターンの製造方法。
<15><1>~<12>のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物を硬化させてなる硬化膜。
<16><13>または<14>に記載のパターンの製造方法を含む、有機EL表示装置の製造方法。
<17><13>または<14>に記載のパターンの製造方法を含む、液晶表示装置の製造方法。
Under such circumstances, as a result of intensive studies by the present inventor, sensitivity and line width are obtained by adding a predetermined amount of an alicyclic epoxy compound to a polymer component containing a polymer having a structural unit having a predetermined structure. The present inventors have found that stability and peelability are good and have completed the present invention.
Specifically, the above problem has been solved by the following means.
<1> (A1) A polymer containing the structural unit (a1) represented by the following general formula (1), (B) a photoacid generator having a molar extinction coefficient of 500 or more at a wavelength of 365 nm, and (C ) A photosensitive resin composition containing 0.01 to 5% by mass of an alicyclic epoxy compound based on the total solid content;
General formula (1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
In general formula (1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, at least one of R 1 and R 2 is an alkyl group or an aryl group, and R 3 is an alkyl group or Represents an aryl group, and R 1 or R 2 and R 3 may be linked to form a cyclic ether, and R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
<2> (C) The photosensitive resin composition according to <1>, wherein the alicyclic epoxy compound is a compound represented by the following general formula (I);
Formula (I)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
In general formula (I), n represents an integer of 1 to 4. R represents an organic group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
<3> R in the general formula (I) is a hydrocarbon group or a combination of a hydrocarbon group and at least one of a silyl group, —O—, —CO—, —S— and —NR 1 —. The photosensitive resin composition according to <2>, which is a group; wherein R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
<4> (C) The photosensitive resin composition according to <1>, wherein the alicyclic epoxy compound is a compound represented by the following general formula (II);
Formula (II)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
In the general formula (II), R 2 represents an organic group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
<5> (C) The photosensitive resin composition according to <1>, wherein the alicyclic epoxy compound is a compound represented by the following general formula (III);
Formula (III)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
In general formula (III), R 3 represents an organic group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms.
<6> (A1) The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the polymer further includes a structural unit (a4) represented by the following general formula (5):
General formula (5)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
In general formula (5), R 4 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
<7> The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <6>, further including a polymer (A2) having a structural unit (a2) represented by the following general formula (2):
General formula (2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
In general formula (2), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, at least one of R 1 and R 2 is an alkyl group or an aryl group, and R 3 is an alkyl group R 1 or R 2 and R 3 may be linked to form a cyclic ether, R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and X 0 represents a single bond or an arylene group. To express.
<8> The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <7>, wherein the content of (C) the alicyclic epoxy compound is 0.05 to 3% by mass relative to the total solid content. .
<9> The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <8>, further comprising (D) a basic compound.
<10> (D) The photosensitive resin composition according to <9>, wherein the basic compound is a compound represented by the following general formula (4);
General formula (4)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
In general formula (4), R 1 represents a group containing at least one nitrogen atom, A represents a divalent linking group, and R 2 represents an organic group.
<11> The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <10>, further comprising (E) an azole compound.
<12> The photosensitive resin composition according to <11>, wherein the (E) azole compound is one or more selected from the following general formulas (X1) to (X5):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
In the formula, X represents CR x1 R X2 , NR x3 , O, or S;
Y and Z each independently represent CR x4 or N;
R 1 , R 2 , R X1 , R X2 , R X3 and R X4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a mercapto group, an amino group or an alkyl group,
R 4 represents an alkyl group, a mercapto group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, or an aralkyl group,
m represents an integer of 0 to 4, and when m is 2 or more, each R 4 may be the same or different;
At least one of X, Y and Z represents NR x3 or N.
<13> (1) A step of applying the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <12> to at least one surface of the substrate,
(2) a step of drying the photosensitive resin composition to form a photosensitive resin composition layer;
(3) a step of exposing the photosensitive resin composition layer;
(4) A process for producing a pattern comprising a step of developing the exposed photosensitive resin composition layer.
<14> The method according to <13>, further including (5) a step of etching using the formed pattern as an etching resist, and (6) a step of removing the pattern by plasma treatment or chemical treatment. Pattern manufacturing method.
<15> A cured film obtained by curing the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <12>.
<16> A method for producing an organic EL display device, comprising the method for producing a pattern according to <13> or <14>.
<17> A method for producing a liquid crystal display device, comprising the method for producing a pattern according to <13> or <14>.
 本発明により、高い感度を維持しつつ、線幅安定性および剥離性が良好な感光性樹脂組成物を提供可能になった。また、上記感光性樹脂組成物を応用した、パターンの製造方法、硬化膜、ならびに、有機EL表示装置および液晶表示装置の製造方法を提供することが可能となった。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a photosensitive resin composition having good line width stability and good peelability while maintaining high sensitivity. Moreover, it has become possible to provide a method for producing a pattern, a cured film, and a method for producing an organic EL display device and a liquid crystal display device, to which the photosensitive resin composition is applied.
有機EL表示装置の一例の構成概念図を示す。ボトムエミッション型の有機EL表示装置における基板の模式的断面図を示している。1 shows a conceptual diagram of a configuration of an example of an organic EL display device. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a substrate in a bottom emission type organic EL display device. 液晶表示装置の一例の構成概念図を示す。液晶表示装置におけるアクティブマトリックス基板の模式的断面図を示している。1 is a conceptual diagram of a configuration of an example of a liquid crystal display device. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an active matrix substrate in a liquid crystal display device. ハーフトーン位相差マスクを利用した露光形態の一例を模式的に示した図である。It is the figure which showed typically an example of the exposure form using a halftone phase difference mask. タッチパネル表示装置の一例の構成概念図である。It is a composition conceptual diagram of an example of a touch panel display device.
 以下において、本発明の内容について詳細に説明する。尚、本願明細書において「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値および上限値として含む意味で使用される。また、本発明における有機EL素子とは、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子のことをいう。 Hereinafter, the contents of the present invention will be described in detail. In the present specification, “to” is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after it are included as a lower limit value and an upper limit value. The organic EL element in the present invention refers to an organic electroluminescence element.
 なお、本明細書における基(原子団)の表記において、置換および無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さないものと共に置換基を有するものをも包含するものである。例えば「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含するものである。
 さらに、(メタ)アクリル酸とは、アクリル酸および/またはメタクリル酸を意味する。
In addition, in the description of group (atomic group) in this specification, the description which does not describe substitution and non-substitution includes what has a substituent with what does not have a substituent. For example, the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
Furthermore, (meth) acrylic acid means acrylic acid and / or methacrylic acid.
(感光性樹脂組成物)
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物(以下、「本発明の組成物」ともいう)は、(A1)下記一般式(1)で表される構成単位(a1)を有する重合体、(B)365nmの波長の光におけるモル吸光係数が500以上の光酸発生剤、および(C)脂環式エポキシ化合物を全固形分量に対して0.01~5質量%含むことを特徴とする。
 一般式(1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
(一般式(1)中、R1およびR2はそれぞれ独立に水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、R1およびR2の少なくとも一方がアルキル基またはアリール基であり、R3はアルキル基またはアリール基を表し、R1またはR2と、R3とが連結して環状エーテルを形成してもよく、R4は水素原子またはメチル基を表す。)
(Photosensitive resin composition)
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention (hereinafter also referred to as “the composition of the present invention”) is (A1) a polymer having a structural unit (a1) represented by the following general formula (1), (B) 365 nm. A photoacid generator having a molar extinction coefficient of 500 or more in the light of the above wavelength and (C) an alicyclic epoxy compound is contained in an amount of 0.01 to 5% by mass based on the total solid content.
General formula (1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
(In the general formula (1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, at least one of R 1 and R 2 is an alkyl group or an aryl group, and R 3 is an alkyl group. Alternatively, it represents an aryl group, and R 1 or R 2 and R 3 may be linked to form a cyclic ether, and R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物を用いることにより、高い感度を維持しつつ、線幅安定性および剥離性が良好となる。このメカニズムの詳細は不明であるが、構成単位(a1)はカルボン酸よりも弱い酸であり、酸との不要な架橋反応が起きにくい。また、脂環式エポキシ化合物は、光酸発生剤から発生した酸を緩やかにトラップし、不要な架橋反応の促進を抑制する。これらにより、剥離性が向上すると考えられる。また、脂環式エポキシ化合物を用いることで線幅安定性も向上すると考えられる。 By using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, line width stability and peelability are improved while maintaining high sensitivity. Although details of this mechanism are unknown, the structural unit (a1) is a weaker acid than the carboxylic acid, and an unnecessary crosslinking reaction with the acid hardly occurs. In addition, the alicyclic epoxy compound gently traps the acid generated from the photoacid generator and suppresses unnecessary crosslinking reaction. These are considered to improve the peelability. Moreover, it is thought that line width stability improves also by using an alicyclic epoxy compound.
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、通常、化学増幅型ポジ型感光性樹脂組成物として用いられる。以下、本発明の組成物について詳細に説明する。 The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is usually used as a chemically amplified positive photosensitive resin composition. Hereinafter, the composition of the present invention will be described in detail.
<重合体成分(A)>
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、重合体成分(A)として、(A1)下記一般式(1)で表される構成単位(a1)を有する重合体を含む。さらに、(A2)下記一般式(2)で表される構成単位(a2)を有する重合体を含んでいてもよい。
 (A1)重合体は、一般式(1)で表される構成単位(a1)以外の構成単位を含んでいてもよい。また、(A2)重合体も、一般式(2)で表される構成単位(a2)以外の構成単位を含んでいてもよい。
 以下、これらの重合体について説明する。
<Polymer component (A)>
The photosensitive resin composition of this invention contains the polymer which has a structural unit (a1) represented by (A1) following general formula (1) as a polymer component (A). Further, (A2) a polymer having a structural unit (a2) represented by the following general formula (2) may be included.
(A1) The polymer may contain structural units other than the structural unit (a1) represented by General formula (1). Moreover, the (A2) polymer may also contain structural units other than the structural unit (a2) represented by General formula (2).
Hereinafter, these polymers will be described.
<<重合体(A1)>>
 本発明における(A1)重合体は、一般式(1)で表される構成単位(a1)を有する重合体を含む重合体である。(A1)成分が構成単位(a1)を有することにより解像力および矩形性に優れる感光性樹脂組成物とすることができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
(一般式(1)中、R1およびR2はそれぞれ独立に水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、R1およびR2の少なくとも一方がアルキル基またはアリール基であり、R3はアルキル基またはアリール基を表し、R1またはR2と、R3とが連結して環状エーテルを形成してもよく、R4は水素原子またはメチル基を表す。)
<< Polymer (A1) >>
The (A1) polymer in the present invention is a polymer including a polymer having the structural unit (a1) represented by the general formula (1). When the component (A1) has the structural unit (a1), a photosensitive resin composition excellent in resolving power and rectangularity can be obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
(In the general formula (1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, at least one of R 1 and R 2 is an alkyl group or an aryl group, and R 3 is an alkyl group. Alternatively, it represents an aryl group, and R 1 or R 2 and R 3 may be linked to form a cyclic ether, and R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 R1およびR2は、それぞれ独立に水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、R1およびR2の少なくとも一方がアルキル基またはアリール基である。
 アルキル基としては、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~8のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル基がさらに好ましい。アルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。また、アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれであってもよいが、直鎖のアルキル基が好ましい。アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、t-ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、シクロヘキシル基等が例示される。
 アリール基としては、炭素数6~20のアリール基が好ましく、炭素数6~14のアリール基がより好ましく、炭素数6~10のアリール基がさらに好ましい。アリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。アリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、アントラセニル基等が例示される。
R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and at least one of R 1 and R 2 is an alkyl group or an aryl group.
As the alkyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable. The alkyl group may have a substituent. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, but is preferably a linear alkyl group. Examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a t-butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, and a cyclohexyl group.
As the aryl group, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferable. The aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthracenyl group.
 アルキル基およびアリール基が有していてもよい置換基としては、炭素数1~10のアルキル基、炭素数1~10のアルコキシ基、炭素数1~10のチオアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシル基、シアノ基、ハロゲン原子(フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子)などが挙げられる。これら置換基は、さらに置換基を有していてもよい。 Examples of the substituent that the alkyl group and aryl group may have include an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a thioalkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a hydroxyl group, and a cyano group. And halogen atoms (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom) and the like. These substituents may further have a substituent.
 これらの中でも、R1およびR2は、水素原子、アルキル基であることが好ましく、水素原子、メチル基であることがより好ましく、R1およびR2の一方がメチル基であり、他方が水素原子であることが特に好ましい。 Among these, R 1 and R 2 are preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, one of R 1 and R 2 is a methyl group, and the other is a hydrogen atom. Particularly preferred is an atom.
 R3はアルキル基またはアリール基を表す。R3が表すアルキル基、およびアリール基はR1およびR2におけるアルキル基、およびアリール基と同義である。R3は、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基であることが好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基がより好ましい。 R 3 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group. The alkyl group and aryl group represented by R 3 have the same meanings as the alkyl group and aryl group in R 1 and R 2 . R 3 is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a propyl group, and more preferably an ethyl group or a propyl group.
 R3は、R1またはR2と連結して環状エーテルを形成してもよい。R1またはR2と連結して形成される環状エーテルとしては、3~6員環の環状エーテルが好ましく、5~6員環の環状エーテルがより好ましい。 R 3 may be linked to R 1 or R 2 to form a cyclic ether. The cyclic ether formed by linking to R 1 or R 2 is preferably a 3- to 6-membered cyclic ether, more preferably a 5- to 6-membered cyclic ether.
 以下、一般式(1)で表される構成単位(a1)の具体例としては下記構造が挙げられるが、本発明は下記構造に限定されるものではない。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Hereinafter, specific examples of the structural unit (a1) represented by the general formula (1) include the following structures, but the present invention is not limited to the following structures.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 (A1)重合体を構成する構成単位中、一般式(1)で表される構成単位は、(A1)重合体の全構成単位の、5~50モル%が好ましく、5~40モル%がより好ましく、10~40モル%がさらに好ましく、20~35モル%が特に好ましい。 Among the structural units constituting the polymer (A1), the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) is preferably 5 to 50 mol%, preferably 5 to 40 mol% of all the structural units of the polymer (A1). More preferably, it is 10 to 40 mol%, further preferably 20 to 35 mol%.
 (A1)重合体は、構成単位(a1)の他に、下記一般式(5)で表される構成単位(a4)を含むことが高感度の観点から好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
(一般式(5)中、R4は水素原子またはメチル基である。)
The polymer (A1) preferably contains a structural unit (a4) represented by the following general formula (5) in addition to the structural unit (a1) from the viewpoint of high sensitivity.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
(In general formula (5), R 4 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.)
 R4は水素原子が好ましい。
 OH基は、p-、m-、o-のいずれでもよいが、p位に結合していることが好ましい。
R 4 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
The OH group may be any of p-, m-, and o-, but is preferably bonded to the p-position.
 一般式(5)で表される構成単位は、(A1)重合体の全構成単位の、50~95モル%が好ましく、50~80モル%がより好ましく、60~80モル%がさらに好ましく、65~80モル%が特に好ましい。このような範囲とすることにより、露光プロセスマージンをより適切に保つことが可能になる。 The structural unit represented by the general formula (5) is preferably 50 to 95 mol%, more preferably 50 to 80 mol%, still more preferably 60 to 80 mol%, based on all the structural units of the polymer (A1). 65 to 80 mol% is particularly preferred. By setting it in such a range, it becomes possible to keep the exposure process margin more appropriate.
 (A1)重合体は、一般式(1)で表される構成単位(a1)、および一般式(5)で表される構成単位(a4)以外の構成単位を含んでいても良い。具体的には、後述する酸分解性基で保護された保護カルボキシル基を有する構成単位(例えば、構成単位(a2))、構成単位(a3)が例示される。しかしながら、本発明では、(A1)重合体は、(a1)および(a4)以外の他の構成単位が全構成単位の10モル%以下であることが好ましく、より好ましくは全構成単位の5モル%以下である。 (A1) The polymer may contain a structural unit other than the structural unit (a1) represented by the general formula (1) and the structural unit (a4) represented by the general formula (5). Specifically, the structural unit (for example, structural unit (a2)) and the structural unit (a3) which have the protected carboxyl group protected by the acid-decomposable group mentioned later are illustrated. However, in the present invention, in the polymer (A1), it is preferable that other structural units other than (a1) and (a4) are 10 mol% or less of the total structural units, more preferably 5 mol of the total structural units. % Or less.
 (A1)重合体の保護率は、好ましくは、1~60%であり、より好ましくは5~50%であり、さらに好ましくは10~40%である。このような範囲とすることにより、画像デイスクリと感度、解像性、矩形性が良好になる。保護率とは、(A1)重合体中の酸性構成単位と酸を保護した構成単位の合計を100モル%として、酸を保護した構成単位のモル比率を言う。 (A1) The protection rate of the polymer is preferably 1 to 60%, more preferably 5 to 50%, and still more preferably 10 to 40%. By setting it as such a range, an image disk and a sensitivity, resolution, and rectangularity will become favorable. The protection rate refers to the molar ratio of the acid-protected structural unit, where the total of the acidic structural unit and the acid-protected structural unit in the polymer (A1) is 100 mol%.
 上記(A1)重合体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、2000~15000の範囲であることが好ましく、より好ましくは5000~12000であり、さらに好ましくは、7500~12000である。2000以上とすることにより、形成された画素がポストベークによる加熱後も矩形性を維持できるという効果が得られ、15000以下とすることにより感度、線幅安定性が向上するという効果が得られる。ここで、重量平均分子量は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィーのポリスチレン換算値をもって定義される。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer (A1) is preferably in the range of 2000 to 15000, more preferably 5000 to 12000, and still more preferably 7500 to 12000. By setting it to 2000 or more, an effect that the formed pixel can maintain rectangularity after heating by post-baking is obtained, and by setting it to 15000 or less, an effect that sensitivity and line width stability are improved is obtained. Here, the weight average molecular weight is defined by a polystyrene conversion value of gel permeation chromatography.
 上記(A1)重合体の多分散度(重量平均分子量(Mw)/数平均分子量(Mn))は、1.0~3.0が好ましく、1.0~2.0がより好ましく、1.0~1.5がさらに好ましい。このような範囲とすることにより、画素の矩形性が良好となる。 The polydispersity (weight average molecular weight (Mw) / number average molecular weight (Mn)) of the polymer (A1) is preferably 1.0 to 3.0, more preferably 1.0 to 2.0. 0 to 1.5 is more preferable. By setting it as such a range, the rectangularity of a pixel becomes favorable.
<<重合体(A2)>>
 本発明では、(A2)重合体を含んでいてもよい。(A2)重合体は、酸分解性基で保護された保護カルボキシル基を有する。酸分解性基で保護された保護カルボキシル基を有する構成単位としては、特開2012-155288号公報の段落0021~0055に記載の酸分解性基で保護された保護カルボキシル基を有する構成単位、特開2012-133091号公報の段落0020~0052に記載の酸分解性基で保護された保護カルボキシル基を有する構成単位が例示されており、その内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。中でも、(A2)重合体は、下記一般式(2)で表される構造の酸基が酸分解性基で保護された基を有する構成単位(a2)を有する重合体が好ましい。本発明における酸基とは、pKaが7より小さいプロトン解離性基を意味する。酸基は、通常、酸基を形成しうるモノマーを用いて、酸基を含む構成単位として、重合体に組み込まれる。このような酸基を含む構成単位を重合体中に含めることにより、アルカリ性の現像液に対して溶けやすくなる傾向にある。(A2)成分が構成単位(a2)を有することにより極めて高感度な感光性樹脂組成物とすることができる。
<< Polymer (A2) >>
In the present invention, (A2) a polymer may be included. (A2) The polymer has a protected carboxyl group protected with an acid-decomposable group. Examples of the structural unit having a protected carboxyl group protected by an acid-decomposable group include the structural unit having a protected carboxyl group protected by an acid-decomposable group described in paragraphs 0021 to 0055 of JP2012-155288A. Examples of the structural unit having a protected carboxyl group protected with an acid-decomposable group described in paragraphs [0020] to [0052] of JP 2012-133301 A are exemplified, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Among them, the polymer (A2) is preferably a polymer having a structural unit (a2) having a group in which an acid group having a structure represented by the following general formula (2) is protected with an acid-decomposable group. The acid group in the present invention means a proton dissociable group having a pKa of less than 7. The acid group is usually incorporated into the polymer as a structural unit containing an acid group using a monomer capable of forming an acid group. By including such a structural unit containing an acid group in the polymer, the polymer tends to be easily dissolved in an alkaline developer. When the component (A2) has the structural unit (a2), a highly sensitive photosensitive resin composition can be obtained.
 (A2)重合体はアルカリ不溶性であることが好ましく、かつ、酸分解性基が分解したときにアルカリ可溶性となる樹脂であることが好ましい。カルボキシル基が酸分解性基で保護されている保護カルボキシル基を有する構成単位は、酸により保護基が分解することによって、カルボキシル基が生成可能である。ここで、本発明において「アルカリ可溶性」とは、化合物(樹脂)の溶液を基板上に塗布し、90℃で2分間加熱することによって形成される化合物(樹脂)の塗膜(厚さ3μm)の、23℃における0.4%テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド水溶液に対する溶解速度が、0.01μm/秒以上であることをいい、「アルカリ不溶性」とは、化合物(樹脂)の溶液を基板上に塗布し、90℃で2分間加熱することによって形成される化合物(樹脂)の塗膜(厚さ3μm)の、23℃における0.4%テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド水溶液に対する溶解速度が、0.01μm/秒未満であることをいう。 (A2) The polymer is preferably alkali-insoluble, and is preferably a resin that becomes alkali-soluble when the acid-decomposable group is decomposed. The structural unit having a protected carboxyl group in which the carboxyl group is protected with an acid-decomposable group can generate a carboxyl group by the decomposition of the protective group with an acid. Here, in the present invention, “alkali-soluble” means a coating film (thickness 3 μm) of a compound (resin) formed by applying a compound (resin) solution on a substrate and heating at 90 ° C. for 2 minutes. The dissolution rate in a 0.4% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution at 23 ° C. is 0.01 μm / second or more. “Alkali insoluble” means that a compound (resin) solution is applied onto a substrate. The dissolution rate of the coating film (thickness 3 μm) of the compound (resin) formed by heating at 90 ° C. for 2 minutes with respect to a 0.4% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution at 23 ° C. is 0.01 μm / It means less than a second.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
(一般式(2)中、R1およびR2はそれぞれ独立に水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、少なくともR1およびR2のいずれか一方がアルキル基またはアリール基であり、R3はアルキル基またはアリール基を表し、R1またはR2と、R3とが連結して環状エーテルを形成してもよく、R4は水素原子またはメチル基を表し、X0は単結合またはアリーレン基を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
(In the general formula (2), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, at least one of R 1 and R 2 is an alkyl group or an aryl group, and R 3 is Represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 1 or R 2 and R 3 may be linked to form a cyclic ether, R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and X 0 represents a single bond or an arylene group. Represents.)
 R1およびR2は、それぞれ独立に水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、少なくともR1およびR2のいずれか一方がアルキル基またはアリール基である。R1およびR2が表わすアルキル基は、一般式(1)中のR1およびR2が表わすアルキル基と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。アリール基としては、炭素数6~20のアリール基が好ましく、炭素数6~14のアリール基がより好ましく、炭素数6~10のアリール基がさらに好ましい。アリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。アリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、アントラセニル基等が例示され、中でもフェニル基が好ましい。R1およびR2は、それぞれ、水素原子または炭素数1~4のアルキル基が好ましい。 R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and at least one of R 1 and R 2 is an alkyl group or an aryl group. Alkyl groups R 1 and R 2 represents the general formula (1) has the same meaning as the alkyl group R 1 and R 2 represents a preferred range is also the same. As the aryl group, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferable. The aryl group may have a substituent. As an aryl group, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthracenyl group etc. are illustrated, for example, Among these, a phenyl group is preferable. R 1 and R 2 are each preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 R3は、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、R3が表わすアルキル基、アリール基は、一般式(1)中のR3が表わすアルキル基、アリール基と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。中でも、R3は、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が好ましく、1~6のアルキル基がより好ましい。
 X0は単結合またはアリーレン基を表す。アリーレン基としては、炭素数6~20のアリーレン基が好ましく、炭素数6~14のアリーレン基がより好ましく、炭素数6~10のアリーレン基がさらに好ましい。アリーレン基としては、例えば、フェニレン基、ナフチレン基、アントラセニレン基等が例示される。アリーレン基は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、一般式(1)中のR1およびR2が表わすアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基と同義である。X0としては、単結合が好ましい。
R 3 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R 3 are synonymous with the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R 3 in the general formula (1), and the preferred ranges are also the same. . Among them, R 3 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
X 0 represents a single bond or an arylene group. As the arylene group, an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, an arylene group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable. Examples of the arylene group include a phenylene group, a naphthylene group, and an anthracenylene group. The arylene group may have a substituent, and the substituent is synonymous with the substituent that the alkyl group represented by R 1 and R 2 in General Formula (1) may have. X 0 is preferably a single bond.
 一般式(2)で表される構成単位の好ましい具体例としては、下記の構成単位が例示できる。なお、Rは水素原子またはメチル基を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Preferable specific examples of the structural unit represented by the general formula (2) include the following structural units. R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 一般式(2)で表される構成単位(a2)は、(A2)重合体の構成単位の10~80モル%が好ましく、20~80モル%がより好ましく、30~70モル%がより好ましく、30~45モル%がさらに好ましい。 The structural unit (a2) represented by the general formula (2) is preferably 10 to 80 mol%, more preferably 20 to 80 mol%, more preferably 30 to 70 mol% of the structural unit of the polymer (A2). 30 to 45 mol% is more preferable.
 (A2)重合体は、他の構成単位を含んでいても良く、具体的には、後述する構成単位(a3)および構成単位(a4)が例示される。 (A2) The polymer may contain other structural units, and specific examples include structural units (a3) and (a4) described later.
 本発明における(A2)重合体中、他の構成単位の含有率は、含む場合、20~90モル%が好ましく、20~80モル%がより好ましく、30~70モル%がさらに好ましく、55~70モル%が特に好ましい。上記の数値の範囲内であると、感光性樹脂組成物から得られる硬化膜の諸特性が良好となる。
 また、本発明では、(A2)重合体中の他の構成単位が、10モル%、さらには、5モル%以下の態様とすることもできる。
In the polymer (A2) in the present invention, the content of other structural units, when included, is preferably 20 to 90 mol%, more preferably 20 to 80 mol%, still more preferably 30 to 70 mol%, and more preferably 55 to 70 mol% is particularly preferred. When it is within the above numerical range, various properties of the cured film obtained from the photosensitive resin composition are improved.
Moreover, in this invention, the other structural unit in (A2) polymer can also be set as the aspect of 10 mol%, Furthermore, 5 mol% or less.
 (A2)重合体の保護率は、好ましくは、20~100%であり、より好ましくは40~90%であり、さらに好ましくは60~90%である。このような範囲とすることにより、感度が向上し、また露光部と未露光部の溶解性の差(デイスクリミネーション)が良好になる。保護率とは、(A2)重合体中の酸性構成単位と酸を保護した構成単位の合計を100モル%として、酸を保護した構成単位のモル比率を言う。 (A2) The protection rate of the polymer is preferably 20 to 100%, more preferably 40 to 90%, and still more preferably 60 to 90%. By setting it as such a range, a sensitivity improves and the difference (discrimination) of the solubility of an exposed part and an unexposed part becomes favorable. The protection rate refers to the molar ratio of the acid-protected structural unit, where the total of the acidic structural unit and the acid-protected structural unit in the polymer (A2) is 100 mol%.
 上記(A2)重合体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、2000~50000の範囲であることが好ましく、より好ましくは5000~20000であり、さらに好ましくは、7500~15000である。2000以上とすることにより、形成された画素がポストベークによる加熱後も矩形性を維持できるという効果が得られ、50000以下とすることにより感度、PED特性が向上するという効果が得られる。ここで、重量平均分子量は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィーのポリスチレン換算値をもって定義される。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the (A2) polymer is preferably in the range of 2000 to 50000, more preferably 5000 to 20000, and still more preferably 7500 to 15000. By setting it to 2000 or more, an effect that the formed pixel can maintain rectangularity after heating by post-baking is obtained, and by setting it to 50000 or less, an effect that sensitivity and PED characteristics are improved is obtained. Here, the weight average molecular weight is defined by a polystyrene conversion value of gel permeation chromatography.
 上記(A2)重合体の多分散度(重量平均分子量(Mw)/数平均分子量(Mn))は、1.0~4.0が好ましく、1.2~3.0がより好ましく、1.5~2.0がさらに好ましい。このような範囲とすることにより、感度、矩形性に優れた特性を得ることができる。 The polydispersity (weight average molecular weight (Mw) / number average molecular weight (Mn)) of the polymer (A2) is preferably 1.0 to 4.0, more preferably 1.2 to 3.0. 5 to 2.0 is more preferable. By setting it as such a range, the characteristic excellent in the sensitivity and the rectangularity can be acquired.
-(A1)成分と(A2)成分の配合比-
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、重合体成分として、(A1)と(A2)の両方を含むことが好ましい。これらの質量比は、2:8~8:2が好ましく、3:7~7:3がより好ましく、4:6~6:4がさらに好ましい。このような範囲とすることにより、本発明の効果がより効果的に発揮される傾向にある。
-Mixing ratio of component (A1) and component (A2)-
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains both (A1) and (A2) as the polymer component. These mass ratios are preferably 2: 8 to 8: 2, more preferably 3: 7 to 7: 3, and still more preferably 4: 6 to 6: 4. By setting it as such a range, it exists in the tendency for the effect of this invention to be exhibited more effectively.
<<重合体成分>>
 本発明において、(A)成分は、上記(A1)重合体および(A2)重合体に加えて、他の重合体を有していてもよい。他の重合体としては、構成単位(a1)および構成単位(a2)を含まない重合体であり、例えば、構成単位(a3)を有する重合体が例示される。このような他の重合体成分は、全重合体成分中、60質量%以下であることが好ましく、40質量%以下であることがより好ましく、20質量%以下であることがさらに好ましい。
<< polymer component >>
In the present invention, the component (A) may have another polymer in addition to the above (A1) polymer and (A2) polymer. As another polymer, it is a polymer which does not contain a structural unit (a1) and a structural unit (a2), for example, the polymer which has a structural unit (a3) is illustrated. Such other polymer components are preferably 60% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, and still more preferably 20% by mass or less in the total polymer components.
 その他の構成単位(a3)となる構成単位(モノマー)としては、特に制限はなく、例えば、スチレン類、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル、(メタ)アクリル酸環状アルキルエステル、(メタ)アクリル酸アリールエステル、不飽和ジカルボン酸ジエステル、ビシクロ不飽和化合物類、マレイミド化合物類、不飽和芳香族化合物、共役ジエン系化合物、不飽和モノカルボン酸、不飽和ジカルボン酸、不飽和ジカルボン酸無水物、その他の不飽和化合物を挙げることができる。また、後述するとおり、酸基を有する構成単位を有していてもよい。酸基を有する構成単位を含むことにより感度を向上させることができる。酸基を有する構成単位としては、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、その他の構成単位(a3)となるモノマーは、単独または2種類以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。 There is no restriction | limiting in particular as a structural unit (monomer) used as another structural unit (a3), For example, styrenes, (meth) acrylic-acid alkylester, (meth) acrylic-acid cyclic alkylester, (meth) acrylic-acid aryl Esters, unsaturated dicarboxylic acid diesters, bicyclounsaturated compounds, maleimide compounds, unsaturated aromatic compounds, conjugated diene compounds, unsaturated monocarboxylic acids, unsaturated dicarboxylic acids, unsaturated dicarboxylic acid anhydrides, other unsaturated compounds Mention may be made of saturated compounds. Moreover, you may have the structural unit which has an acid group so that it may mention later. By including a structural unit having an acid group, the sensitivity can be improved. As the structural unit having an acid group, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, and other monomers to be the structural unit (a3) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 本発明では、その他の構成単位(a3)として、酸基を有する構成単位を含むことが好ましい。酸基を含むことにより、アルカリ性の現像液に溶けやすくなり、本発明の効果がより効果的に発揮される。
 本発明における酸基とは、pKaが7より小さいプロトン解離性基を意味する。酸基は、通常、酸基を形成しうるモノマーを用いて、酸基を含む構成単位として、重合体に組み込まれる。このような酸基を含む構成単位を重合体中に含めることにより、アルカリ性の現像液に対して溶けやすくなる傾向にある。
 本発明で用いられる酸基としては、カルボン酸基由来のもの、スルホンアミド基に由来のもの、ホスホン酸基に由来のもの、スルホン酸基に由来のもの、フェノール性水酸基に由来するもの、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基等が例示され、カルボン酸基由来のものおよび/またはフェノール性水酸基に由来のものが好ましい。
 本発明で用いられる酸基を含む構成単位は、スチレンに由来する構成単位や、ビニル化合物に由来する構成単位、(メタ)アクリル酸および/またはそのエステルに由来する構成単位であることがより好ましい。
In this invention, it is preferable that the structural unit which has an acid group is included as another structural unit (a3). By containing an acid group, it becomes easy to dissolve in an alkaline developer, and the effects of the present invention are more effectively exhibited.
The acid group in the present invention means a proton dissociable group having a pKa of less than 7. The acid group is usually incorporated into the polymer as a structural unit containing an acid group using a monomer capable of forming an acid group. By including such a structural unit containing an acid group in the polymer, the polymer tends to be easily dissolved in an alkaline developer.
Acid groups used in the present invention include those derived from carboxylic acid groups, those derived from sulfonamide groups, those derived from phosphonic acid groups, those derived from sulfonic acid groups, those derived from phenolic hydroxyl groups, sulfones Amide groups, sulfonylimide groups and the like are exemplified, and those derived from carboxylic acid groups and / or those derived from phenolic hydroxyl groups are preferred.
The structural unit containing an acid group used in the present invention is more preferably a structural unit derived from styrene, a structural unit derived from a vinyl compound, a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and / or an ester thereof. .
 本発明では、特に、カルボキシル基を有する構成単位、または、フェノール性水酸基を有する構成単位を含むことが、感度の観点で好ましい。 In the present invention, it is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of sensitivity to include a structural unit having a carboxyl group or a structural unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group.
 酸基を含む構成単位は、全重合体成分の構成単位の1~80モル%が好ましく、1~50モル%がより好ましく、5~40モル%がさらに好ましい。 The structural unit containing an acid group is preferably 1 to 80% by mole, more preferably 1 to 50% by mole, and still more preferably 5 to 40% by mole of the structural unit of all polymer components.
 このような重合体としては、側鎖にカルボキシル基を有する樹脂が好ましい。例えば、特開昭59-44615号、特公昭54-34327号、特公昭58-12577号、特公昭54-25957号、特開昭59-53836号、特開昭59-71048号の各公報に記載されているような、メタクリル酸共重合体、アクリル酸共重合体、イタコン酸共重合体、クロトン酸共重合体、マレイン酸共重合体、部分エステル化マレイン酸共重合体等、並びに側鎖にカルボキシル基を有する酸性セルロース誘導体、水酸基を有するポリマーに酸無水物を付加させたもの等が挙げられ、さらに側鎖に(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する高分子重合体も好ましいものとして挙げられる。 Such a polymer is preferably a resin having a carboxyl group in the side chain. For example, JP-A-59-44615, JP-B-54-34327, JP-B-58-12777, JP-B-54-25957, JP-A-59-53836, JP-A-59-71048 As described, methacrylic acid copolymer, acrylic acid copolymer, itaconic acid copolymer, crotonic acid copolymer, maleic acid copolymer, partially esterified maleic acid copolymer, etc., and side chain Examples thereof include acidic cellulose derivatives having a carboxyl group, those obtained by adding an acid anhydride to a polymer having a hydroxyl group, and high molecular polymers having a (meth) acryloyl group in the side chain.
 例えば、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸共A-2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート/ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体、特開平7-140654号公報に記載の、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート/ポリスチレンマクロモノマー/ベンジルメタクリレート/メタクリル酸共A-2-ヒドロキシ-3-フェノキシプロピルアクリレート/ポリメチルメタクリレートマクロモノマー/ベンジルメタクリレート/メタクリル酸共A-2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート/ポリスチレンマクロモノマー/メチルメタクリレート/メタクリル酸共A-2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート/ポリスチレンマクロモノマー/ベンジルメタクリレート/メタクリル酸共重合体などが挙げられる。
 その他にも、特開平7-207211号公報、特開平8-259876号公報、特開平10-300922号公報、特開平11-140144号公報、特開平11-174224号公報、特開2000-56118号公報、特開2003-233179号公報、特開2009-52020号公報等に記載の公知の高分子化合物を使用することができ、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
For example, benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid co-A-2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate / benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, described in JP-A-7-140654 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid co-A-2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate / polymethyl methacrylate macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid co-A-2-hydroxyethyl Methacrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / methyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer A-2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer It is below.
In addition, JP-A-7-207211, JP-A-8-259876, JP-A-10-300922, JP-A-11-140144, JP-A-11-174224, JP-A-2000-56118 Known polymer compounds described in JP-A-2003-233179, JP-A-2009-52020, and the like can be used, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
 これらの重合体として、市販されている、SMA 1000P、SMA2000P、SMA 3000P、SMA 1440F、SMA 17352P、SMA 2625P、SMA 3840F(以上、サートマー社製)、ARUFON UC-3000、ARUFON UC-3510、ARUFON UC-3900、ARUFON UC-3910、ARUFON UC-3920、ARUFON UC-3080(以上、東亞合成(株)製)、Joncryl 690、Joncryl 678、Joncryl 67、Joncryl 586(以上、BASF製)等を用いることもできる。 As these polymers, commercially available SMA 1000P, SMA 2000P, SMA 3000P, SMA 40 1440F, SMA 17352P, SMA 2625P, SMA 3840F (above, manufactured by Sartomer), ARUFON UC-3000, ARU FON C UC-3510, ARU FON UC -3900, ARUFON UC-3910, ARUFON UC-3920, ARUFON UC-3080 (above, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), Joncryl 690, Joncryl 678, Joncryl 67, Joncryl 586 (above, also made by BASF), etc. it can.
 これらの重合体は、1種類のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種類以上含んでいてもよい。
 本発明の組成物は、重合体成分を、全固形分に対し、組成物中60重量%以上の割合で含むことが好ましく、80重量%以上の割合で含むことがより好ましい。
These polymers may contain only 1 type and may contain 2 or more types.
The composition of the present invention preferably contains the polymer component in a proportion of 60% by weight or more, more preferably 80% by weight or more, based on the total solid content.
<(B)光酸発生剤>
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、(B)365nmの波長の光におけるモル吸光係数が500以上の光酸発生剤を含む。本発明で使用される光酸発生剤(「(B)成分」ともいう。)としては、波長300nm以上、好ましくは波長300~450nmの活性光線に感応し、酸を発生する化合物が好ましいが、その化学構造に制限されるものではない。
 また、波長300nm以上の活性光線に直接感応しない光酸発生剤についても、増感剤と併用することによって波長300nm以上の活性光線に感応し、酸を発生する化合物であれば、増感剤と組み合わせて好ましく用いることができる。本発明で使用される光酸発生剤としては、pKaが4以下の酸を発生する光酸発生剤が好ましく、pKaが3以下の酸を発生する光酸発生剤がより好ましく、2以下の酸を発生する光酸発生剤が最も好ましい。
 光酸発生剤のモル吸光係数は、公知の方法を用いることができるが、具体的には、例えば、紫外可視分光光度計(Varian社製Carry-5 spctrophotometer)にて、酢酸エチル溶媒を用い、0.01g/Lの濃度で測定することが好ましい。
<(B) Photoacid generator>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains (B) a photoacid generator having a molar extinction coefficient of 500 or more in light having a wavelength of 365 nm. As the photoacid generator (also referred to as “component (B)”) used in the present invention, a compound that reacts with actinic rays having a wavelength of 300 nm or more, preferably 300 to 450 nm, and generates an acid is preferable. The chemical structure is not limited.
Further, a photoacid generator that is not directly sensitive to an actinic ray having a wavelength of 300 nm or more can also be used as a sensitizer if it is a compound that reacts with an actinic ray having a wavelength of 300 nm or more and generates an acid when used in combination with a sensitizer. It can be preferably used in combination. The photoacid generator used in the present invention is preferably a photoacid generator that generates an acid having a pKa of 4 or less, more preferably a photoacid generator that generates an acid having a pKa of 3 or less, and an acid of 2 or less. Most preferred are photoacid generators that generate.
A known method can be used for the molar extinction coefficient of the photoacid generator. Specifically, for example, an ethyl acetate solvent is used in an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Vary Inc., Carry-5 spectrphotometer). It is preferable to measure at a concentration of 0.01 g / L.
 光酸発生剤の例として、トリクロロメチル-s-トリアジン類、スルホニウム塩やヨードニウム塩、第四級アンモニウム塩類、ジアゾメタン化合物、イミドスルホネート化合物、および、オキシムスルホネート化合物などを挙げることができる。これらの中でも、絶縁性の観点から、オキシムスルホネート化合物を用いることが好ましい。これら光酸発生剤は、1種単独または2種類以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。トリクロロメチル-s-トリアジン類、ジアリールヨードニウム塩類、トリアリールスルホニウム塩類、第四級アンモニウム塩類、およびジアゾメタン誘導体の具体例としては、特開2011-221494号公報の段落番号0083~0088に記載の化合物が例示できる。 Examples of the photoacid generator include trichloromethyl-s-triazines, sulfonium salts and iodonium salts, quaternary ammonium salts, diazomethane compounds, imide sulfonate compounds, and oxime sulfonate compounds. Among these, it is preferable to use an oxime sulfonate compound from the viewpoint of insulation. These photoacid generators can be used singly or in combination of two or more. Specific examples of trichloromethyl-s-triazines, diaryliodonium salts, triarylsulfonium salts, quaternary ammonium salts, and diazomethane derivatives include the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0083 to 0088 of JP2011-212494A. It can be illustrated.
 オキシムスルホネート化合物、すなわち、オキシムスルホネート構造を有する化合物としては、下記一般式(B1)で表されるオキシムスルホネート構造を含む化合物が好ましく例示できる。 Preferred examples of the oxime sulfonate compound, that is, a compound having an oxime sulfonate structure include compounds having an oxime sulfonate structure represented by the following general formula (B1).
一般式(B1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
(一般式(B1)中、R21は、アルキル基またはアリール基を表す。波線は他の基との結合を表す。)
General formula (B1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
(In the general formula (B1), R 21 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group. A wavy line represents a bond with another group.)
 いずれの基も置換されてもよく、R21におけるアルキル基は直鎖状でも分岐状でも環状でもよい。許容される置換基は以下に説明する。
 R21のアルキル基としては、炭素数1~10の、直鎖状または分岐状アルキル基が好ましい。R21のアルキル基は、炭素数6~11のアリール基、炭素数1~10のアルコキシ基、または、シクロアルキル基(7,7-ジメチル-2-オキソノルボルニル基などの有橋式脂環基を含む、好ましくはビシクロアルキル基等)で置換されてもよい。
 R21のアリール基としては、炭素数6~11のアリール基が好ましく、フェニル基またはナフチル基がより好ましい。R21のアリール基は、低級アルキル基、アルコキシ基あるいはハロゲン原子で置換されてもよい。
Any group may be substituted, and the alkyl group in R 21 may be linear, branched or cyclic. Acceptable substituents are described below.
The alkyl group for R 21 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The alkyl group represented by R 21 is an aryl group having 6 to 11 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkyl group (7,7-dimethyl-2-oxonorbornyl group or the like). It may be substituted with a cyclic group, preferably a bicycloalkyl group or the like.
As the aryl group for R 21, an aryl group having 6 to 11 carbon atoms is preferable, and a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is more preferable. The aryl group of R 21 may be substituted with a lower alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or a halogen atom.
 上記一般式(B1)で表されるオキシムスルホネート構造を含む上記化合物は、下記一般式(B2)で表されるオキシムスルホネート化合物であることも好ましい。 The above compound containing an oxime sulfonate structure represented by the above general formula (B1) is also preferably an oxime sulfonate compound represented by the following general formula (B2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
(式(B2)中、R42は、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、Xは、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、または、ハロゲン原子を表し、m4は、0~3の整数を表し、m4が2または3であるとき、複数のXは同一でも異なっていてもよい。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
(In the formula (B2), R 42 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, X represents an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or a halogen atom, m4 represents an integer of 0 to 3, and m4 represents 2 or When X is 3, the plurality of X may be the same or different.)
 Xとしてのアルキル基は、炭素数1~4の直鎖状または分岐状アルキル基が好ましい。Xとしてのアルコキシ基は、炭素数1~4の直鎖状または分岐状アルコキシ基が好ましい。
 Xとしてのハロゲン原子は、塩素原子またはフッ素原子が好ましい。
 m4は、0または1が好ましい。上記一般式(B2)中、m4が1であり、Xがメチル基であり、Xの置換位置がオルト位であり、R42が炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル基、7,7-ジメチル-2-オキソノルボルニルメチル基、またはp-トルイル基である化合物が特に好ましい。
The alkyl group as X is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkoxy group as X is preferably a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
The halogen atom as X is preferably a chlorine atom or a fluorine atom.
m4 is preferably 0 or 1. In the above general formula (B2), m4 is 1, X is a methyl group, the substitution position of X is the ortho position, R 42 is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, 7,7- A compound that is a dimethyl-2-oxonorbornylmethyl group or a p-toluyl group is particularly preferred.
 上記一般式(B1)で表されるオキシムスルホネート構造を含む化合物は、下記一般式(B3)で表されるオキシムスルホネート化合物であることも好ましい。 The compound containing an oxime sulfonate structure represented by the above general formula (B1) is also preferably an oxime sulfonate compound represented by the following general formula (B3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
(式(B3)中、R43は式(B2)におけるR42と同義であり、X1は、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、シアノ基またはニトロ基を表し、n4は0~5の整数を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
(In the formula (B3), R 43 has the same meaning as R 42 in the formula (B2), and X 1 is a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, cyano Represents a group or a nitro group, and n4 represents an integer of 0 to 5.)
 上記一般式(B3)におけるR43としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、n-オクチル基、トリフルオロメチル基、ペンタフルオロエチル基、パーフルオロ-n-プロピル基、パーフルオロ-n-ブチル基、p-トリル基、4-クロロフェニル基またはペンタフルオロフェニル基が好ましく、n-オクチル基が特に好ましい。
 X1としては、炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基が好ましく、メトキシ基がより好ましい。
 n4としては、0~2が好ましく、0~1が特に好ましい。
R 43 in the above general formula (B3) is methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, n-butyl group, n-octyl group, trifluoromethyl group, pentafluoroethyl group, perfluoro-n-propyl group. Perfluoro-n-butyl group, p-tolyl group, 4-chlorophenyl group or pentafluorophenyl group is preferred, and n-octyl group is particularly preferred.
X 1 is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methoxy group.
n4 is preferably from 0 to 2, particularly preferably from 0 to 1.
 上記一般式(B3)で表される化合物の具体例としては、α-(メチルスルホニルオキシイミノ)ベンジルシアニド、α-(エチルスルホニルオキシイミノ)ベンジルシアニド、α-(n-プロピルスルホニルオキシイミノ)ベンジルシアニド、α-(n-ブチルスルホニルオキシイミノ)ベンジルシアニド、α-(4-トルエンスルホニルオキシイミノ)ベンジルシアニド、α-〔(メチルスルホニルオキシイミノ)-4-メトキシフェニル〕アセトニトリル、α-〔(エチルスルホニルオキシイミノ)-4-メトキシフェニル〕アセトニトリル、α-〔(n-プロピルスルホニルオキシイミノ)-4-メトキシフェニル〕アセトニトリル、α-〔(n-ブチルスルホニルオキシイミノ)-4-メトキシフェニル〕アセトニトリル、α-〔(4-トルエンスルホニルオキシイミノ)-4-メトキシフェニル〕アセトニトリルを挙げることができる。 Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (B3) include α- (methylsulfonyloxyimino) benzyl cyanide, α- (ethylsulfonyloxyimino) benzyl cyanide, α- (n-propylsulfonyloxyimino). ) Benzyl cyanide, α- (n-butylsulfonyloxyimino) benzyl cyanide, α- (4-toluenesulfonyloxyimino) benzyl cyanide, α-[(methylsulfonyloxyimino) -4-methoxyphenyl] acetonitrile, α-[(ethylsulfonyloxyimino) -4-methoxyphenyl] acetonitrile, α-[(n-propylsulfonyloxyimino) -4-methoxyphenyl] acetonitrile, α-[(n-butylsulfonyloxyimino) -4- Methoxyphenyl] acetonitrile, α-[(4 It can be given toluenesulfonyl) -4-methoxyphenyl] acetonitrile.
 好ましいオキシムスルホネート化合物の具体例としては、下記化合物(i)~(viii)等が挙げられ、1種単独で使用、または、2種類以上を併用することができる。化合物(i)~(viii)は、市販品として、入手することができる。また、他の種類の(B)光酸発生剤と組み合わせて使用することもできる。 Specific examples of preferable oxime sulfonate compounds include the following compounds (i) to (viii), and the like can be used singly or in combination of two or more. Compounds (i) to (viii) can be obtained as commercial products. Moreover, it can also be used in combination with another kind of (B) photo-acid generator.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 上記一般式(B1)で表されるオキシムスルホネート構造を含む化合物としては、下記一般式(3)で表される化合物であることも好ましい。 The compound containing an oxime sulfonate structure represented by the above general formula (B1) is also preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
(一般式(3)中、R1は、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、R2は、アルキル基、アリール基、またはヘテロアリール基を表す。R3~R6は、それぞれ、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子を表す。但し、R3とR4、R4とR5、またはR5とR6が結合して脂環または芳香環を形成してもよい。Xは、-O-または-S-を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
(In the general formula (3), R 1 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 2 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group. R 3 to R 6 represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, respectively. A group, an aryl group, or a halogen atom, provided that R 3 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 , or R 5 and R 6 may combine to form an alicyclic ring or an aromatic ring, and X is — Represents O- or -S-)
 R1は、アルキル基またはアリール基を表す。アルキル基は、分岐構造を有するアルキル基または環状構造のアルキル基が好ましい。アルキル基の炭素数は、好ましくは3~10である。特にアルキル基が分岐構造を有する場合、炭素数3~6のアルキル基が好ましく、環状構造を有する場合、炭素数5~7のアルキル基が好ましい。アルキル基としては、例えば、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、s-ブチル基、イソブチル基、tert-ブチル基、ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、1,1-ジメチルプロピル基、ヘキシル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロペンチル基、オクチル基などが挙げられ、好ましくは、イソプロピル基、tert-ブチル基、ネオペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基である。アリール基の炭素数は、好ましくは6~12であり、より好ましくは6~8であり、さらに好ましくは6~7である。上記アリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基などが挙げられ、好ましくは、フェニル基である。
 R1が表すアルキル基およびアリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、例えばハロゲン原子(フッ素原子、クロロ原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子)、直鎖、分岐または環状のアルキル基(例えばメチル基、エチル基、プロピル基など)、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、アシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、カルバモイル基、シアノ基、カルボキシル基、水酸基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、ヘテロ環オキシ基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ニトロ基、ヒドラジノ基、ヘテロ環基などが挙げられる。また、これらの基によってさらに置換されていてもよい。好ましくは、ハロゲン原子、メチル基である。
R 1 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group. The alkyl group is preferably a branched alkyl group or a cyclic alkyl group. The alkyl group preferably has 3 to 10 carbon atoms. In particular, when the alkyl group has a branched structure, an alkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable. When the alkyl group has a cyclic structure, an alkyl group having 5 to 7 carbon atoms is preferable. Examples of the alkyl group include propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, s-butyl group, isobutyl group, tert-butyl group, pentyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, 1,1-dimethylpropyl group, hexyl group. , 2-ethylhexyl group, cyclohexyl group, cyclopentyl group, octyl group and the like, preferably isopropyl group, tert-butyl group, neopentyl group, and cyclohexyl group. The aryl group preferably has 6 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 8 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 6 to 7 carbon atoms. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group, and a phenyl group is preferable.
The alkyl group and aryl group represented by R 1 may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom (a fluorine atom, a chloro atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom), a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, etc.), an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, Aryl group, acyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, carbamoyl group, cyano group, carboxyl group, hydroxyl group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, heterocyclic oxy group, acyloxy group, amino group, A nitro group, a hydrazino group, a heterocyclic group, etc. are mentioned. Further, these groups may be further substituted. Preferably, they are a halogen atom and a methyl group.
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、透明性の観点から、R1はアルキル基が好ましく、保存安定性と感度とを両立させる観点から、R1は、炭素数3~6の分岐構造を有するアルキル基、炭素数5~7の環状構造のアルキル基、または、フェニル基が好ましく、炭素数3~6の分岐構造を有するアルキル基、または炭素数5~7の環状構造のアルキル基がより好ましい。このようなかさ高い基(特に、かさ高いアルキル基)をR1として採用することにより、透明性をより向上させることが可能になる。
 かさ高い置換基の中でも、イソプロピル基、tert-ブチル基、ネオペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基が好ましく、tert-ブチル基、シクロヘキシル基がより好ましい。
In the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, R 1 is preferably an alkyl group from the viewpoint of transparency, and R 1 has a branched structure having 3 to 6 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of achieving both storage stability and sensitivity. An alkyl group, an alkyl group having a cyclic structure having 5 to 7 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group is preferable, and an alkyl group having a branched structure having 3 to 6 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having a cyclic structure having 5 to 7 carbon atoms is more preferable. . By adopting such a bulky group (particularly a bulky alkyl group) as R 1 , it becomes possible to further improve the transparency.
Among the bulky substituents, an isopropyl group, a tert-butyl group, a neopentyl group, and a cyclohexyl group are preferable, and a tert-butyl group and a cyclohexyl group are more preferable.
 R2は、アルキル基、アリール基、またはヘテロアリール基を表す。R2が表すアルキル基としては、炭素数1~10の、直鎖、分岐または環状のアルキル基が好ましい。上記アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、ペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、ヘキシル基、シクロヘキシル基などが挙げられ、好ましくは、メチル基である。
 アリール基としては、炭素数6~10のアリール基が好ましい。上記アリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基、p-トルイル基(p-メチルフェニル基)などが挙げられ、好ましくは、フェニル基、p-トルイル基である。ヘテロアリール基としては、例えば、ピロール基、インドール基、カルバゾール基、フラン基、チオフェン基などが挙げられる。
 R2が表すアルキル基、アリール基、およびヘテロアリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、R1が表すアルキル基およびアリール基が有していてもよい置換基と同義である。
 R2は、アルキル基またはアリール基が好ましく、アリール基がより好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。フェニル基の置換基としてはメチル基が好ましい。
R 2 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group. The alkyl group represented by R 2 is preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a pentyl group, a neopentyl group, a hexyl group, and a cyclohexyl group. It is a group.
As the aryl group, an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a p-toluyl group (p-methylphenyl group), and a phenyl group and a p-toluyl group are preferable. Examples of the heteroaryl group include a pyrrole group, an indole group, a carbazole group, a furan group, and a thiophene group.
The alkyl group, aryl group, and heteroaryl group represented by R 2 may have a substituent. As a substituent, it is synonymous with the substituent which the alkyl group and aryl group which R < 1 > may have.
R 2 is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably an aryl group, and more preferably a phenyl group. As the substituent for the phenyl group, a methyl group is preferred.
 R3~R6は、それぞれ、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、またはハロゲン原子(フッ素原子、クロロ原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子)を表す。R3~R6が表すアルキル基としては、R2が表すアルキル基と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。また、R3~R6が表すアリール基としては、R1が表すアリール基と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
 R3~R6のうち、R3とR4、R4とR5、またはR5とR6が結合して環を形成してもよく、環としては、脂環または芳香環を形成していることが好ましく、ベンゼン環がより好ましい。
 R3~R6は、水素原子、アルキル基、ハロゲン原子(フッ素原子、クロロ原子、臭素原子)、または、R3とR4、R4とR5、またはR5とR6が結合してベンゼン環を構成していることが好ましく、水素原子、メチル基、フッ素原子、クロロ原子、臭素原子またはR3とR4、R4とR5、またはR5とR6が結合してベンゼン環を構成していることがより好ましい。
 R3~R6の好ましい態様は以下の通りである。
(態様1)少なくとも1つが水素原子であり、少なくとも2つが水素原子であることが好ましい。
(態様2)アルキル基、アリール基、またはハロゲン原子の数は、合計で3つ以下である。好ましくは1つ以下である。
(態様3)R3とR4、R4とR5、またはR5とR6が結合してベンゼン環を構成している。
(態様4)上記態様1と2を満たす態様、および/または、上記態様1と3を満たす態様。
R 3 to R 6 each represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a halogen atom (a fluorine atom, a chloro atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom). The alkyl group represented by R 3 to R 6 has the same meaning as the alkyl group represented by R 2 , and the preferred range is also the same. The aryl group represented by R 3 to R 6 has the same meaning as the aryl group represented by R 1 , and the preferred range is also the same.
Among R 3 to R 6 , R 3 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 , or R 5 and R 6 may combine to form a ring, and the ring may form an alicyclic ring or an aromatic ring. It is preferable that a benzene ring is more preferable.
R 3 to R 6 are each a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a halogen atom (fluorine atom, chloro atom, bromine atom), or R 3 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 , or R 5 and R 6. A benzene ring is preferably formed, and a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a fluorine atom, a chloro atom, a bromine atom, or R 3 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 , or R 5 and R 6 are combined to form a benzene ring Is more preferable.
Preferred embodiments of R 3 to R 6 are as follows.
(Aspect 1) Preferably, at least one is a hydrogen atom and at least two are hydrogen atoms.
(Aspect 2) The number of alkyl groups, aryl groups, or halogen atoms is 3 or less in total. Preferably it is one or less.
(Aspect 3) R 3 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 , or R 5 and R 6 are combined to form a benzene ring.
(Aspect 4) An aspect satisfying the above aspects 1 and 2 and / or an aspect satisfying the above aspects 1 and 3.
 Xは、-O-または-S-を表す。 X represents -O- or -S-.
 上記一般式(3)の具体例としては、以下のような化合物が挙げられるが、本発明では特にこれに限定されない。なお、例示化合物中、Tsはトシル基(p-トルエンスルホニル基)を表し、Meはメチル基を表し、Buはn-ブチル基を表し、Phはフェニル基を表す。 Specific examples of the general formula (3) include the following compounds, but the present invention is not particularly limited thereto. In the exemplified compounds, Ts represents a tosyl group (p-toluenesulfonyl group), Me represents a methyl group, Bu represents an n-butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物において、(B)光酸発生剤は、感光性樹脂組成物中の全樹脂成分(好ましくは全固形分、より好ましくは重合体の合計)100質量部に対して、0.1~10質量部使用することが好ましく、0.5~5質量部使用することがより好ましい。(B)酸発生剤は、1種類のみでもよいし、2種以上を併用することもできる。(B)光酸発生剤の含有量を0.1質量部以上とすることで、感度をより効果的に向上させることができる。 In the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, (B) the photoacid generator is based on 100 parts by mass of all resin components (preferably the total solid content, more preferably the total of the polymer) in the photosensitive resin composition. 0.1 to 10 parts by mass is preferably used, and 0.5 to 5 parts by mass is more preferably used. (B) Only one type of acid generator may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination. (B) By making content of a photo-acid generator into 0.1 mass part or more, a sensitivity can be improved more effectively.
<(C)脂環式エポキシ化合物>
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、脂環式エポキシ化合物を全固形分量に対して0.01~5質量%含む。
 本発明で用いる脂環式エポキシ化合物が有する脂環式エポキシ基としては、特に限定されず、例えば環状脂肪族炭化水素に直接付加した脂環式エポキシ基などが例示され、環状脂肪族炭化水素としては、3~10員環が好ましく、5~6員環がより好ましい。環状脂肪族炭化水素基は、飽和環状脂肪族炭化水素基が好ましい。中でも、好ましくは下記で表される脂環式エポキシ基を有する化合物が好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
<(C) Alicyclic epoxy compound>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains 0.01 to 5% by mass of the alicyclic epoxy compound with respect to the total solid content.
The alicyclic epoxy group possessed by the alicyclic epoxy compound used in the present invention is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an alicyclic epoxy group directly added to a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon. Is preferably a 3- to 10-membered ring, more preferably a 5- to 6-membered ring. The cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably a saturated cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon group. Among them, a compound having an alicyclic epoxy group represented by the following is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 脂環式エポキシ化合物は、下記一般式(I)で表されることが好ましい。
一般式(I)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
(式(I)中、nは1~4の整数を表す。Rは炭素数1~15の有機基を表す。)
The alicyclic epoxy compound is preferably represented by the following general formula (I).
Formula (I)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
(In the formula (I), n represents an integer of 1 to 4. R represents an organic group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms.)
 Rは炭素数1~15の有機基を表し、分岐していても不飽和結合を有していてもよく、脂肪族環または芳香環の環状構造を有してもよい。また、これらの基は、酸素、硫黄、窒素、リン、ホウ素、ハロゲン原子を有していてもよいが、有していない態様とすることもできる。また、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基同士が互いに結合を形成していても良い。上記置換基としては、一般式(1)中のR1およびR2が表わすアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基と同義である。また、R1はn価の連結基である。 R represents an organic group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, may be branched or have an unsaturated bond, and may have an aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring structure. In addition, these groups may have oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus, boron, and halogen atoms, but may not have such an embodiment. Moreover, you may have a substituent and substituents may mutually form a bond. Examples of the substituent are the general formula (1) R 1 and R 2 are synonymous with the substituent which may be possessed by the alkyl groups represented in. R 1 is an n-valent linking group.
 Rの有機基の炭素数は、1~8が好ましく、1~6がより好ましい。有機基は、炭化水素基または、炭化水素基と、シリル基、-O-、-CO-、-S-および-NR1-(R1は、水素原子または炭素数1~7のアルキル基を表す。)の少なくとも1つの組み合わせからなる基が好ましく、炭化水素基、または、炭化水素基と、-O-および/または-CO-の組み合わせからなる基がより好ましい。炭化水素基は、直鎖または分岐の基が好ましく、直鎖の基がより好ましい。炭化水素基の炭素数は、1~4が好ましい。1つの有機基に2以上の炭化水素基が含まれていてもよい。 The organic group of R preferably has 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The organic group is a hydrocarbon group or a hydrocarbon group and a silyl group, —O—, —CO—, —S—, and —NR 1 — (R 1 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms. And a group consisting of a hydrocarbon group or a combination of a hydrocarbon group and —O— and / or —CO— is more preferable. The hydrocarbon group is preferably a linear or branched group, and more preferably a linear group. The hydrocarbon group preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Two or more hydrocarbon groups may be contained in one organic group.
 脂環式エポキシ化合物におけるエポキシ基が開環すると、酸発生剤によって酸が発生したときに、開環したエポキシ基が、ポリマーが有する官能基等と結合し、脂環式エポキシ化合物の自由度が失われることがある。このため、エポキシ基の数は少ない方が好ましい。nは1~4の整数を表し、1~3の整数が好ましく、1または2がより好ましい。 When the epoxy group in the alicyclic epoxy compound is ring-opened, when the acid is generated by the acid generator, the ring-opened epoxy group is bonded to the functional group of the polymer, and the degree of freedom of the alicyclic epoxy compound is increased. May be lost. For this reason, it is preferable that the number of epoxy groups is small. n represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and more preferably 1 or 2.
 脂環式エポキシ化合物の好ましい態様としては、下記一般式(II)で表される化合物が例示される。
一般式(II)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
(一般式(II)中、R2は炭素数1~15の有機基を表す。)
As a preferable aspect of an alicyclic epoxy compound, the compound represented by the following general formula (II) is illustrated.
Formula (II)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
(In the general formula (II), R 2 represents an organic group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms.)
 R2は炭素数1~15の有機基を表し、分岐していても不飽和結合を有していてもよく、脂肪族環または芳香環の環状構造を有してもよい。また、これらの基は、酸素、硫黄、窒素、リン、ホウ素、ハロゲン原子を有していてもよい。また、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基同士が互いに結合していても良い。上記置換基としては、一般式(1)中のR1およびR2が表わすアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基と同義である。また、R2は2価の連結基である。 R 2 represents an organic group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, may be branched or have an unsaturated bond, and may have an aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring structure. These groups may have oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus, boron, or halogen atoms. Moreover, you may have a substituent and substituents may mutually couple | bond together. Examples of the substituent are the general formula (1) R 1 and R 2 are synonymous with the substituent which may be possessed by the alkyl groups represented in. R 2 is a divalent linking group.
 R2の有機基の炭素数は、1~8が好ましく、1~6がより好ましい。有機基は、炭化水素基または、炭化水素基と、-O-、-CO-、-S-および-NR1-(R1は、水素原子または炭素数1~7のアルキル基を表す。)の少なくとも1つの組み合わせからなる基が好ましく、炭化水素基、または、炭化水素基と、-O-および/または-CO-の組み合わせからなる基がより好ましい。炭化水素基は、直鎖または分岐の基が好ましく、直鎖の基がより好ましい。炭化水素基の炭素数は、1~4が好ましい。1つの有機基に2以上の炭化水素基が含まれていてもよい。炭化水素基はアルキレン基が好ましい。 The organic group of R 2 preferably has 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The organic group is a hydrocarbon group or a hydrocarbon group and —O—, —CO—, —S— and —NR 1 — (R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms). And a group consisting of a hydrocarbon group or a combination of a hydrocarbon group and —O— and / or —CO— is more preferable. The hydrocarbon group is preferably a linear or branched group, and more preferably a linear group. The hydrocarbon group preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Two or more hydrocarbon groups may be contained in one organic group. The hydrocarbon group is preferably an alkylene group.
 脂環式エポキシ化合物の好ましい態様としては、下記一般式(III)で表される化合物も例示される。
一般式(III)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
(一般式(III)中、R3は炭素数1~14の有機基を表す。)
As a preferable aspect of an alicyclic epoxy compound, the compound represented by the following general formula (III) is also illustrated.
Formula (III)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
(In the general formula (III), R 3 represents an organic group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms.)
 R3は炭素数1~14の有機基を表し、分岐していても不飽和結合を有していてもよく、脂肪族環または芳香環の環状構造を有してもよい。また、これらの基は、酸素、硫黄、窒素、リン、ホウ素、ハロゲン原子を有していてもよい。また、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基同士が互いに結合を形成していても良い。また、R3は2価の連結基である。 R 3 represents an organic group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms, may be branched or have an unsaturated bond, and may have an aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring structure. These groups may have oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus, boron, or halogen atoms. Moreover, you may have a substituent and substituents may mutually form a bond. R 3 is a divalent linking group.
 R3の有機基の炭素数は、1~8が好ましく、1~6がより好ましい。有機基は、炭化水素基または、炭化水素基と、-O-、-CO-、-S-および-NR1-(R1は、水素原子または炭素数1~7のアルキル基を表す。)の少なくとも1つの組み合わせからなる基が好ましく、炭化水素基、または、炭化水素基と、-O-および/または-CO-の組み合わせからなる基がより好ましい。炭化水素基は、直鎖または分岐の基が好ましく、直鎖の基がより好ましい。炭化水素基の炭素数は、1~4が好ましい。1つの有機基に2以上の炭化水素基が含まれていてもよい。炭化水素基はアルキレン基が好ましい。 The number of carbon atoms in the organic group of R 3 is preferably 1-8, and more preferably 1-6. The organic group is a hydrocarbon group or a hydrocarbon group and —O—, —CO—, —S— and —NR 1 — (R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms). And a group consisting of a hydrocarbon group or a combination of a hydrocarbon group and —O— and / or —CO— is more preferable. The hydrocarbon group is preferably a linear or branched group, and more preferably a linear group. The hydrocarbon group preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Two or more hydrocarbon groups may be contained in one organic group. The hydrocarbon group is preferably an alkylene group.
 上記一般式(I)~(III)の具体例としては、以下のような化合物が挙げられるが、本発明では特にこれに限定されるものではない。Meはメチル基を表す。


Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033





Specific examples of the general formulas (I) to (III) include the following compounds, but the present invention is not particularly limited thereto. Me represents a methyl group.


Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033





 本発明で用いる脂環式エポキシ化合物は、その製法は問わないが、例えば、丸善KK出版、第四版実験化学講座20有機合成II、213~、平成4年、Ed.by Alfred Hasfner, The chemistry of heterocyclic compounds-Small Ring Heterocycles part3 oxiranes, John&Wiley and Sons, An Interscience Publication, New York, 1985、吉村、接着、29巻12号、32、1985、吉村、接着、30巻5号、42、1986、吉村、接着、30巻7号、42、1986、特開平1-100378号、特許第2906245号、特許第2926262号の各公報等の文献を参考にして合成できる。 The production method of the alicyclic epoxy compound used in the present invention is not limited. For example, Maruzen KK Publishing, 4th Edition Experimental Chemistry Course 20 Organic Synthesis II, 213-, 1992, Ed. by Alfred Hasfner, The chemistry of heterocyclic compounds-Small Ring Heterocycles part3 oxiranes, John & Wiley and Sons, An Interscience Publication, New York, 1985, Yoshimura, adhesive, Vol. 29 No. 12, 32,1985, Yoshimura, adhesive, Vol. 30, No. 5 42, 1986, Yoshimura, Adhesion, Vol. 30, No. 7, 42, 1986, JP-A-1-100388, Japanese Patent No. 2906245, Japanese Patent No. 2926262, and the like.
 本発明で用いる脂環式エポキシ化合物の分子量は、1000未満であり、500未満であることが好ましい。このような範囲とすることにより、本発明の効果がより効果的に発揮される傾向にある。下限値については、特に定めるものではないが、通常、100以上である。 The molecular weight of the alicyclic epoxy compound used in the present invention is less than 1000, and preferably less than 500. By setting it as such a range, it exists in the tendency for the effect of this invention to be exhibited more effectively. The lower limit is not particularly defined, but is usually 100 or more.
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物中における脂環式エポキシ化合物の添加量は、感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分100質量部に対し、0.01~5質量%であり、0.05~5質量部であることが好ましく、0.05~4質量部であることがより好ましく、0.05~3質量部であることがさらに好ましく、0.07~1.8質量部であることが特に好ましい。脂環式エポキシ化合物の含有量を0.01質量%以上とすることで、線幅安定性を向上させることができ、5質量%以下とすることで剥離性を向上させることができる。脂環式エポキシ化合物は、1種単独で使用しても、2種以上を併用してもよい。2種類以上の脂環式エポキシ化合物を用いる場合は、その合計量が上記範囲となる。 The addition amount of the alicyclic epoxy compound in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is 0.01 to 5% by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition, and 0.05 to 5%. It is preferably part by weight, more preferably 0.05 to 4 parts by weight, still more preferably 0.05 to 3 parts by weight, and particularly preferably 0.07 to 1.8 parts by weight. preferable. Line width stability can be improved by setting the content of the alicyclic epoxy compound to 0.01% by mass or more, and peelability can be improved by setting the content to 5% by mass or less. An alicyclic epoxy compound may be used individually by 1 type, or may use 2 or more types together. When using 2 or more types of alicyclic epoxy compounds, the total amount becomes the said range.
<(D)塩基性化合物>
 本発明の組成物は、(D)塩基性化合物を含有していてもよい。(D)塩基性化合物を含有させることで、迅速に酸をドープすることが可能となる。塩基性化合物としては、化学増幅レジストで用いられるものの中から任意に選択して使用することができる。例えば、脂肪族アミン、芳香族アミン、複素環式アミン、第四級アンモニウムヒドロキシド、カルボン酸の第四級アンモニウム塩等が挙げられる。これらの具体例としては、特開2011-221494号公報の段落番号0204~0207に記載の化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
 なお、本明細書において、(D)塩基性化合物は、後述する(E)アゾール化合物以外の化合物である。
 塩基性化合物としては、下記一般式(4)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
一般式(4)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
(一般式(4)中、R1は窒素原子を少なくとも1つ以上含む基を表し、Aは2価の連結基を表し、R2は有機基を表す。)
<(D) Basic compound>
The composition of the present invention may contain (D) a basic compound. (D) It becomes possible to dope an acid rapidly by containing a basic compound. The basic compound can be arbitrarily selected from those used in chemically amplified resists. Examples include aliphatic amines, aromatic amines, heterocyclic amines, quaternary ammonium hydroxides, quaternary ammonium salts of carboxylic acids, and the like. Specific examples thereof include the compounds described in JP-A 2011-212494, paragraphs 0204 to 0207, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
In addition, in this specification, (D) basic compound is compounds other than (E) azole compound mentioned later.
The basic compound is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (4).
General formula (4)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
(In General Formula (4), R 1 represents a group containing at least one nitrogen atom, A represents a divalent linking group, and R 2 represents an organic group.)
 R1は窒素原子を少なくとも1つ以上含む基を表し、窒素原子を1~3つ含む基であることが好ましく、-NR34で表される基であることがより好ましい。
 R1は、炭素数1~10の炭化水素基と、酸素原子、硫黄原子、少なくとも1つ以上の窒素原子を含むヘテロ原子1~3つから構成される基であることが好ましい。この場合のヘテロ原子としては、酸素原子、硫黄原子が挙げられ、酸素原子が好ましい。R1は環状基であることが好ましく、5員環または6員環の環状基であることがより好ましい。
 R3およびR4は、それぞれ、有機基を表す。有機基としては、アルキル基、アルケニル基、または、これらと、-O-、-S-および-N-の少なくとも1つの組み合わせからなる基が好ましい。R3およびR4は、それぞれ、炭素数1~3の基であることが好ましい。R3およびR4は、互いに結合して、環を形成していてもよく、環を形成していることが好ましい。
R 1 represents a group containing at least one nitrogen atom, preferably a group containing 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms, and more preferably a group represented by —NR 3 R 4 .
R 1 is preferably a group composed of a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and 1 to 3 heteroatoms containing an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or at least one nitrogen atom. In this case, examples of the hetero atom include an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, and an oxygen atom is preferable. R 1 is preferably a cyclic group, more preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered cyclic group.
R 3 and R 4 each represents an organic group. As the organic group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or a group composed of at least one of —O—, —S— and —N— is preferable. R 3 and R 4 are each preferably a group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. R 3 and R 4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and preferably forms a ring.
 R1の好ましい態様としては、以下の態様が挙げられる。
(1)R1が-NR34で表される基であり、R3とR4が互いに結合して環を形成している態様、または、R3とR4が、ぞれぞれ、脂肪族炭化水素基である態様。
(2)R1が-NR34で表される基であり、R3とR4が互いに結合して5員環または6員環を形成している態様、または、R3とR4が、ぞれぞれ、炭素数1~4の直鎖または分岐の脂肪族炭化水素基である態様。
(3)R1が-NR34で表される基であり、R3とR4が互いに結合して2つ以上のヘテロ原子(少なくとも1つは窒素原子であり、残りは酸素原子または窒素原子が好ましい)を含む、5員環または6員環を形成している態様、または、R3とR4が、ぞれぞれ、炭素数1~4の直鎖の脂肪族炭化水素基である態様。
Preferred embodiments of R 1 include the following embodiments.
(1) An embodiment in which R 1 is a group represented by —NR 3 R 4 and R 3 and R 4 are bonded to each other to form a ring, or R 3 and R 4 are each The aspect which is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group.
(2) Embodiment in which R 1 is a group represented by —NR 3 R 4 and R 3 and R 4 are bonded to each other to form a 5-membered or 6-membered ring, or R 3 and R 4 Are each a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
(3) R 1 is a group represented by —NR 3 R 4 , and R 3 and R 4 are bonded to each other to form two or more heteroatoms (at least one is a nitrogen atom and the rest are oxygen atoms or A mode in which a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring is formed, or a straight-chain aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, each of R 3 and R 4 The aspect which is.
 R1の具体例としては、例えば、モルホリノ基、ヒドラジノ基、ピリジル基、イミダゾリル基、キノリル基、ピペリジル基、ピロリジニル基、ピラゾニル基、オキサゾリル基、チアゾリル基、ベンゾオキサゾリル基、ベンズイミダゾリル基、ベンズチアゾリル基、ピラジニル基、ジエチルアミノ基などが挙げられる。中でも、モルホリノ基が好ましい。 Specific examples of R 1 include, for example, morpholino group, hydrazino group, pyridyl group, imidazolyl group, quinolyl group, piperidyl group, pyrrolidinyl group, pyrazonyl group, oxazolyl group, thiazolyl group, benzoxazolyl group, benzimidazolyl group, A benzthiazolyl group, a pyrazinyl group, a diethylamino group, etc. are mentioned. Of these, a morpholino group is preferable.
 R2は有機基を表す。有機基としては、炭化水素基、または、炭化水素基と、-O-および-C(=O)-の少なくとも1つの組み合わせからなる基が好ましい。R2の炭素数は、1~20が好ましく、1~10がより好ましい。
 R2は、炭素数1~20のアルキル基または炭素数6~12のアリール基、または、これらと-O-および-C(=O)-の少なくとも1つの組み合わせからなる基がさらに好ましい。これらの基は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としてはハロゲン原子が例示される。
 R2がアルキル基である場合、炭素数1~8の直鎖または分岐のアルキル基、または、環状アルキル基が好ましい。R2が環状アルキル基である場合、5員環または6員環の環状アルキル基が好ましい。
 R2がアリール基である場合、フェニル基およびナフチル基が例示され、フェニル基がより好ましい。
R 2 represents an organic group. The organic group is preferably a hydrocarbon group or a group comprising a hydrocarbon group and at least one of —O— and —C (═O) —. R 2 preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
R 2 is more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, or a group consisting of these and at least one combination of —O— and —C (═O) —. These groups may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a halogen atom.
When R 2 is an alkyl group, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or a cyclic alkyl group is preferable. When R 2 is a cyclic alkyl group, a 5-membered or 6-membered cyclic alkyl group is preferred.
When R 2 is an aryl group, a phenyl group and a naphthyl group are exemplified, and a phenyl group is more preferable.
 R2の好ましい態様としては、炭素数1~4(好ましくは2または3)の直鎖のアルキレン基である態様である。 A preferred embodiment of R 2 is a straight chain alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms (preferably 2 or 3).
 Aは2価の連結基を示し、炭素数1~20の炭化水素基が好ましく、炭素数1~10の炭化水素基がより好ましく、炭素数2~6の炭化水素基がさらに好ましい。炭化水素基としては、アルキレン基およびアリーレン基が例示され、アルキレン基が好ましい。
 アルキレン基としては、例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、シクロへキシレン基、シクロペンチレン基等が例示される。アリーレン基としては、例えば、1,2-フェニレン基、1,3-フェニレン基、1,4-フェニレン基、ナフチレン基等が例示される。本発明では特に、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基が好ましく、エチレン基またはプロピレン基がより好ましい。
A represents a divalent linking group, preferably a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and further preferably a hydrocarbon group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples of the hydrocarbon group include an alkylene group and an arylene group, and an alkylene group is preferable.
Examples of the alkylene group include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a cyclohexylene group, and a cyclopentylene group. Examples of the arylene group include a 1,2-phenylene group, a 1,3-phenylene group, a 1,4-phenylene group, and a naphthylene group. In the present invention, a methylene group, an ethylene group, and a propylene group are particularly preferable, and an ethylene group or a propylene group is more preferable.
 Aの好ましい態様としては、炭素数1~4の直鎖または分岐のアルキル基、5員環または6員環の環状アルキル基、または、フェニル基である態様である。 A preferred embodiment of A is an embodiment which is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a 5-membered or 6-membered cyclic alkyl group, or a phenyl group.
 一般式(4)で表される化合物は、上記R1の好ましい態様、R22の好ましい態様、Aの好ましい態様の組み合わせとなる態様が特に好ましい態様として例示される。 The compound represented by the general formula (4) is the preferred embodiment the R 1, R 2 2 preferred embodiment, embodiment comprising a combination of preferred embodiments of A are exemplified as particularly preferred embodiment.
 一般式(4)で表される化合物は、一般式(4-2)で表されることが好ましい。
一般式(4-2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
(一般式(4-2)中、R2は有機基を表し、Aは2価の連結基を表す。)
The compound represented by the general formula (4) is preferably represented by the general formula (4-2).
Formula (4-2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
(In the general formula (4-2), R 2 represents an organic group, and A represents a divalent linking group.)
 R2は、上記式(4)におけるR2と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同義である。
 Aは、上記式(4)におけるAと同義であり、好ましい範囲も同義である。
 特に、一般式(4-2)において、以下の態様が好ましい。
(1)Aは炭素数1~4の直鎖のアルキレン基であり、R2は、直鎖、分岐、または環状のアルキル基である態様。
(2)Aは炭素数2または3のアルキレン基であり、R2は、炭素数2~6の直鎖、分岐、または環状のアルキル基である態様。
R 2 has the same meaning as R 2 in the formula (4), the preferred range is also the same.
A is synonymous with A in the above formula (4), and a preferred range is also synonymous.
In particular, in the general formula (4-2), the following embodiments are preferable.
(1) An embodiment in which A is a linear alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and R 2 is a linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group.
(2) A mode in which A is an alkylene group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms, and R 2 is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
 上記一般式(4)の具体例としては、以下のような化合物が挙げられるが、本発明では特にこれに限定しない。なお、例示化合物中、Etはエチル基を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Specific examples of the general formula (4) include the following compounds, but the present invention is not particularly limited thereto. In the exemplified compounds, Et represents an ethyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 上記の他、本発明で用いることができる塩基性化合物として、特開2013-015694号公報の段落番号0110の一般式(b)で表される化合物、一般式(c)で表される化合物も好ましく採用でき、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。 In addition to the above, examples of basic compounds that can be used in the present invention include compounds represented by general formula (b) in paragraph No. 0110 of JP2013-015694A, and compounds represented by general formula (c). These contents can be preferably adopted, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物が(D)塩基性化合物を含む場合、(D)塩基性化合物の含有量は、全固形分100質量部に対し、(D)成分を0.001~5質量部の割合で含むことが好ましく、0.003~2質量部の割合で含むことがより好まく、0.005~1質量部の割合で含むことがさらに好ましく、0.01~0.09質量部の範囲で含むことが特に好ましい。塩基性化合物の含有量を5質量部以下とすることで、感度を向上させることができる。(D)成分は1種類のみでもよいし、2種類以上であってもよい。2種類以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 When the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains (D) a basic compound, the content of (D) the basic compound is 0.001 to 5 masses of component (D) with respect to 100 mass parts of the total solid content. Preferably, it is contained at a rate of 0.003 to 2 parts by mass, more preferably at a rate of 0.005 to 1 part by mass, and 0.01 to 0.09 parts by mass. It is particularly preferable to include within the range of parts. Sensitivity can be improved by making content of a basic compound into 5 mass parts or less. (D) Only 1 type may be sufficient as a component and 2 or more types may be sufficient as it. In the case of two or more types, the total is preferably in the above range.
 本発明の組成物では、(C)脂環式エポキシ化合物と(D)塩基性化合物の質量比が100:1~100:100であることが好ましく、100:10~100:50であることがより好ましい。(C)脂環式エポキシ化合物は、弱めのクエンチャーとして働き、酸発生剤から発生した酸を緩やかにドープする。これに対し、(D)塩基性化合物は、酸発生剤から発生した酸を迅速にドープする。従って、上記質量比とすることにより、両成分がよりバランスよく働き、本発明の効果がより効果的に発揮される。 In the composition of the present invention, the mass ratio of (C) the alicyclic epoxy compound and (D) the basic compound is preferably 100: 1 to 100: 100, and preferably 100: 10 to 100: 50. More preferred. (C) The alicyclic epoxy compound acts as a weaker quencher and gently dopes the acid generated from the acid generator. On the other hand, the basic compound (D) quickly dopes the acid generated from the acid generator. Therefore, by setting it as the said mass ratio, both components work | function more well and the effect of this invention is exhibited more effectively.
<(E)アゾール化合物>
 本発明の組成物は、(E)アゾール化合物を含有していてもよい。(E)アゾール化合物を含有することで、現像密着性が向上し、線幅安定性が向上する。
 アゾール化合物は、下記一般式(X1)~(X5)から選ばれる1種以上であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
 式中、Xは、CRx1X2、NRx3、O、または、Sを表し、
 YおよびZは、それぞれ独立に、CRx4、または、Nを表し、
 R1、R2、RX1、RX2、RX3およびRX4は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、メルカプト基、アミノ基またはアルキル基を表し、
 R4は、アルキル基、メルカプト基、アミノ基、アルコキシ基、又はアラルキル基を表し、
 mは0~4の整数を表し、mが2以上の場合は、R4はそれぞれ同じでも異なっていてもよく、
 X、YおよびZの少なくとも1つは、NRx3またはNを表す。
<(E) azole compound>
The composition of the present invention may contain (E) an azole compound. (E) By containing an azole compound, development adhesiveness improves and line width stability improves.
The azole compound is preferably at least one selected from the following general formulas (X1) to (X5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
In the formula, X represents CR x1 R X2 , NR x3 , O, or S;
Y and Z each independently represent CR x4 or N;
R 1 , R 2 , R X1 , R X2 , R X3 and R X4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a mercapto group, an amino group or an alkyl group,
R 4 represents an alkyl group, a mercapto group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, or an aralkyl group,
m represents an integer of 0 to 4, and when m is 2 or more, each R 4 may be the same or different;
At least one of X, Y and Z represents NR x3 or N.
 R1、R2、RX1、RX2、RX3およびRX4が表すアルキル基の炭素数は、1~20が好ましく、1~10がより好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。 The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by R 1 , R 2 , R X1 , R X2 , R X3 and R X4 is preferably 1 to 20, and more preferably 1 to 10. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
 R4が表すアルキル基の炭素数は、1~20が好ましく、1~10がより好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。
 R4が表すアルコキシ基の炭素数は、1~20が好ましく、1~10がより好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐のいずれでもよい。
 R4が表すアラルキル基の炭素数は、7~20が好ましく、7~10がより好ましい。
The alkyl group represented by R 4 preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
The number of carbon atoms of the alkoxy group represented by R 4 is preferably 1-20, and more preferably 1-10. The alkyl group may be linear or branched.
The number of carbon atoms in the aralkyl group represented by R 4 is preferably 7 to 20, and more preferably 7 to 10.
 mは0~4の整数を表し、0または1が好ましく、0がより好ましい。
 アゾール化合物の具体例としては、2-メルカプトベンゾイミダゾール(下記E-1)、
2,5-ジメルカプト-1,3,4-チアジゾール(下記E-2)、2-メルカプトベンゾチアゾール(下記E-3)、2-メルカプトイミダゾリン(下記E-4)、2-メルカプトチアゾリン(下記E-5)、2-アミノチアゾール(下記E-6)、3-アミノ-5-メルカプトトリアゾール(下記E-7)などが挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
m represents an integer of 0 to 4, preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 0.
Specific examples of the azole compound include 2-mercaptobenzimidazole (E-1 below),
2,5-dimercapto-1,3,4-thiadiazole (E-2 below), 2-mercaptobenzothiazole (E-3 below), 2-mercaptoimidazoline (E-4 below), 2-mercaptothiazoline (E below) -5), 2-aminothiazole (E-6 below), 3-amino-5-mercaptotriazole (E-7 below) and the like.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物がアゾール化合物を含む場合、アゾール化合物の含有量は、重合体成分100質量部に対して、0.1~10質量部が好ましく、0.5~5質量部がより好ましい。アゾール化合物の含有量を0.1質量部以上(好ましくは0.5質量部以上)とすることで、線幅安定性をより向上させることができる。アゾール化合物は1種類のみでもよいし、2種類以上であってもよい。2種類以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 When the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains an azole compound, the content of the azole compound is preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, and 0.5 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer component. More preferred. Line width stability can be improved more by making content of an azole compound into 0.1 mass part or more (preferably 0.5 mass part or more). Only one type of azole compound may be used, or two or more types may be used. In the case of two or more types, the total is preferably in the above range.
<溶剤>
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、溶剤を含有していてもよい。本発明の組成物に用いる溶剤としては、特に制限はなく、公知の溶剤を用いることができるが、分子内にアセテート構造を2つ以上含む溶剤を用いることが好ましい。このような溶剤を配合することにより、適度な塗膜の可塑剤になり、また、クエンチャーと、上記脂環式エポキシ化合物よる酸の適度な捕捉を促進することにより、感度、線幅安定性、解像性および矩形性を向上させることが可能になる。本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、本発明の必須成分と、さらに後述の任意の成分を溶剤に溶解した溶液として調製されることが好ましい。
<Solvent>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a solvent. There is no restriction | limiting in particular as a solvent used for the composition of this invention, Although a well-known solvent can be used, It is preferable to use the solvent which contains two or more acetate structures in a molecule | numerator. By blending such a solvent, it becomes an appropriate plasticizer for the coating film, and by promoting the proper capture of the acid by the quencher and the alicyclic epoxy compound, sensitivity, line width stability It becomes possible to improve resolution and rectangularity. The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably prepared as a solution in which the essential components of the present invention and further optional components described below are dissolved in a solvent.
 分子内にアセテート構造を2つ以上含む溶剤としては、分子内にアセテート構造を2つ以上含有していれば特に限定されないが、分子内のアセテート構造の数は2~4つが好ましく、2つがさらに好ましい。
 また、分子内にアセテート構造を2つ以上含む溶剤は、沸点が130℃以上300℃未満の溶剤が好ましく、180℃以上270℃未満の溶剤が好ましく、200℃以上270℃未満のものがより好ましい。なお、沸点は、特に断りがない限り1気圧における沸点である。また、溶剤を2種類以上含む溶剤混合の場合、沸点は、全溶剤に対する各溶剤の沸点をそれぞれの重量割合にて加重平均したものとする。
The solvent containing two or more acetate structures in the molecule is not particularly limited as long as it contains two or more acetate structures in the molecule, but the number of acetate structures in the molecule is preferably 2 to 4, and two more preferable.
The solvent having two or more acetate structures in the molecule is preferably a solvent having a boiling point of 130 ° C. or higher and lower than 300 ° C., preferably a solvent having a boiling point of 180 ° C. or higher and lower than 270 ° C., and more preferably a solvent having a boiling point of 200 ° C. or higher and lower than 270 ° C. . The boiling point is a boiling point at 1 atm unless otherwise specified. Further, in the case of a solvent mixture containing two or more kinds of solvents, the boiling point is a weighted average of the boiling points of the respective solvents with respect to the total solvent at the respective weight ratios.
 分子内にアセテート構造を2つ以上含む溶剤としては、例えば、1,2-エチレンジオールジアセタート、1,2-プロパンジオールジアセタート、1,3-プロパンジオールジアセタート、1,2-ブタンジオールジアセテート、1,3-ブタンジオールジアセテート、1,4-ブタンジオールジアセテート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアセタート、トリアセチン、などが例示される。(C1)分子内にアセテート構造を2つ以上含む溶剤は、1種単独でまたは2種以上を混合して使用することができる。 Examples of the solvent containing two or more acetate structures in the molecule include 1,2-ethylenediol diacetate, 1,2-propanediol diacetate, 1,3-propanediol diacetate, 1,2- Examples include butanediol diacetate, 1,3-butanediol diacetate, 1,4-butanediol diacetate, 1,6-hexanediol diacetate, and triacetin. (C1) The solvent containing two or more acetate structures in the molecule can be used alone or in admixture of two or more.
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物が分子内にアセテート構造を2つ以上含む溶剤を含む場合、溶剤の含有量は、感光性樹脂組成物の全成分の、1~10質量%であることが好ましく、1~5質量%であることがさらに好ましい。 When the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a solvent containing two or more acetate structures in the molecule, the content of the solvent is preferably 1 to 10% by mass of the total components of the photosensitive resin composition. More preferably, the content is 1 to 5% by mass.
 また、分子内にアセテート構造を2つ以上含む溶剤に、さらに必要に応じて、他の溶剤を添加し、混合溶剤とすることが好ましい。上記混合溶剤の場合は、全溶剤に対する各溶剤の沸点をそれぞれの重量割合にて加重平均したものが130℃以上300℃未満となるように、他の溶剤を選択することが好ましい。他の溶剤は、1種単独でまたは2種以上を混合して使用することができる。 In addition, it is preferable to add another solvent to the solvent containing two or more acetate structures in the molecule, if necessary, to obtain a mixed solvent. In the case of the above mixed solvent, it is preferable to select another solvent so that the weighted average of the boiling points of the respective solvents with respect to the total solvent is 130 ° C. or higher and lower than 300 ° C. Other solvents can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
 他の溶剤としては、沸点130℃以上160℃未満の溶剤、沸点160℃以上の溶剤であることが好ましく、具体的には、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(沸点146℃)、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート(沸点158℃)などの分子内にアセテート構造を1つ含む溶剤;プロピレングリコールメチル-n-ブチルエーテル(沸点155℃)、プロピレングリコールメチル-n-プロピルエーテル(沸点131℃)が例示できる。
 沸点160℃以上の溶剤としては、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル(沸点170℃)、ジエチレングリコールメチルエチルエーテル(沸点176℃)、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルプロピオネート(沸点160℃)、ジプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテート(沸点213℃)、3-メトキシブチルエーテルアセテート(沸点171℃)、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル(沸点189℃)、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル(沸点162℃)、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート(沸点220℃)、ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテル(沸点175℃)、が例示できる。
The other solvent is preferably a solvent having a boiling point of 130 ° C. or higher and lower than 160 ° C., or a solvent having a boiling point of 160 ° C. or higher. Specifically, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (boiling point 146 ° C.) Examples thereof include solvents having one acetate structure in the molecule such as (boiling point 158 ° C.); propylene glycol methyl-n-butyl ether (boiling point 155 ° C.) and propylene glycol methyl-n-propyl ether (boiling point 131 ° C.).
Solvents having a boiling point of 160 ° C or higher include ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate (boiling point 170 ° C), diethylene glycol methyl ethyl ether (boiling point 176 ° C), propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate (boiling point 160 ° C), dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate. (Bp 213 ° C.), 3-methoxybutyl ether acetate (bp 171 ° C.), diethylene glycol diethyl ether (bp 189 ° C.), diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (bp 162 ° C.), diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate (bp 220 ° C.), dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether ( A boiling point of 175 ° C.).
 上記他の溶剤以外にも、公知の溶剤を用いることができ、エチレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル類、エチレングリコールジアルキルエーテル類、エチレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類、プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル類、プロピレングリコールジアルキルエーテル類、プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類、ジエチレングリコールジアルキルエーテル類、ジエチレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類、ジプロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル類、ジプロピレングリコールジアルキルエーテル類、ジプロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類、エステル類、ケトン類、アミド類、ラクトン類等が例示できる。また、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物に使用される他の溶剤の具体例としては特開2011-221494号公報の段落番号0174~0178に記載の溶剤も挙げられ、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。 In addition to the other solvents, known solvents can be used, such as ethylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, ethylene glycol dialkyl ethers, ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates, propylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, propylene glycol dialkyl ethers. , Propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates, diethylene glycol dialkyl ethers, diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates, dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, dipropylene glycol dialkyl ethers, dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates, esters, ketones And amides and lactones. In addition, specific examples of other solvents used in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention include the solvents described in paragraph numbers 0174 to 0178 of JP 2011-221494A, the contents of which are described in the present specification. Incorporated into.
 また、さらに必要に応じて、ベンジルエチルエーテル、ジヘキシルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノフェニルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、イソホロン、カプロン酸、カプリル酸、1-オクタノール、1-ノナール、ベンジルアルコール、アニソール、酢酸ベンジル、安息香酸エチル、シュウ酸ジエチル、マレイン酸ジエチル、炭酸エチレン、炭酸プロピレン等の溶剤を添加することもできる。これら溶剤は、1種単独でまたは2種以上を混合して使用することができる。本発明に用いることができる溶剤は、1種単独、または、2種を併用することが好ましく、2種を併用することがより好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類またはジアルキルエーテル類、ジアセテート類とジエチレングリコールジアルキルエーテル類、あるいは、エステル類とブチレングリコールアルキルエーテルアセテート類とを併用することがさらに好ましい。 If necessary, benzyl ethyl ether, dihexyl ether, ethylene glycol monophenyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, isophorone, caproic acid, caprylic acid, 1-octanol, 1-nonal, benzyl alcohol, Solvents such as anisole, benzyl acetate, ethyl benzoate, diethyl oxalate, diethyl maleate, ethylene carbonate, and propylene carbonate can also be added. These solvents can be used alone or in combination of two or more. The solvent that can be used in the present invention is a single type or a combination of two types, more preferably a combination of two types, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates or dialkyl ethers, diacetates. And diethylene glycol dialkyl ethers or esters and butylene glycol alkyl ether acetates are more preferably used in combination.
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物が他の溶剤を含む場合、他の溶剤の含有量は、感光性樹脂組成物の全成分の、70~95質量%であることが好ましく、85質量%以上であることがさらに好ましい。 When the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains another solvent, the content of the other solvent is preferably 70 to 95% by mass of the total components of the photosensitive resin composition, and is 85% by mass or more. More preferably it is.
<その他の成分>
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物には、上記成分に加えて、必要に応じて、アルコキシシラン化合物、架橋剤、増感剤、界面活性剤、酸化防止剤、を好ましく加えることができる。さらに本発明の感光性樹脂組成物には、酸増殖剤、現像促進剤、可塑剤、熱ラジカル発生剤、熱酸発生剤、紫外線吸収剤、増粘剤、および、有機または無機の沈殿防止剤などの公知の添加剤を加えることができる。その他の成分としてとして特開2011-221494号公報の[0180][0228]記載の化合物を挙げることができる。
<Other ingredients>
In addition to the above components, an alkoxysilane compound, a crosslinking agent, a sensitizer, a surfactant, and an antioxidant can be preferably added to the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention as necessary. Furthermore, the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention includes an acid proliferation agent, a development accelerator, a plasticizer, a thermal radical generator, a thermal acid generator, an ultraviolet absorber, a thickener, and an organic or inorganic precipitation inhibitor. Known additives such as can be added. Examples of the other components include compounds described in [0180] [0228] of JP2011-221494A.
<<アルコキシシラン化合物>>
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、アルコキシシラン化合物を含有していてもよい。アルコキシシラン化合物を用いると、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物により形成された膜と基板との密着性を向上できたり、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物により形成された膜の性質を調整することができる。アルコキシシラン化合物としては、ジアルコキシシラン化合物またはトリアルコキシシラン化合物が好ましく、トリアルコキシシラン化合物がより好ましい。アルコキシシラン化合物が有するアルコキシ基の炭素数は1~5が好ましい。
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物に用いることができるアルコキシシラン化合物は、基材となる無機物、例えば、シリコン、酸化シリコン、窒化シリコン等のシリコン化合物、金、銅、モリブデン、チタン、アルミニウム等の金属と絶縁膜との密着性を向上させる化合物であることが好ましい。具体的には、公知のシランカップリング剤等も有効である。
 シランカップリング剤としては、例えば、γ-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、γ-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、γ-グリシドキシプロピルトリアルコキシシラン、γ-グリシドキシプロピルアルキルジアルコキシシラン、γ-メタクリロキシプロピルトリアルコキシシラン、γ-メタクリロキシプロピルアルキルジアルコキシシラン、γ-クロロプロピルトリアルコキシシラン、γ-メルカプトプロピルトリアルコキシシラン、β-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリアルコキシシラン、ビニルトリアルコキシシランが挙げられる。これらのうち、γ-グリシドキシプロピルトリアルコキシシランやγ-メタクリロキシプロピルトリアルコキシシランがより好ましく、γ-グリシドキシプロピルトリアルコキシシランがさらに好ましく、3-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシランがよりさらに好ましい。これらは1種単独または2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。
<< alkoxysilane compound >>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain an alkoxysilane compound. When an alkoxysilane compound is used, the adhesion between the film formed from the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention and the substrate can be improved, or the properties of the film formed from the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be adjusted. Can do. As the alkoxysilane compound, a dialkoxysilane compound or a trialkoxysilane compound is preferable, and a trialkoxysilane compound is more preferable. The alkoxy group contained in the alkoxysilane compound preferably has 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
The alkoxysilane compound that can be used in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is a base material, for example, a silicon compound such as silicon, silicon oxide, or silicon nitride, or a metal such as gold, copper, molybdenum, titanium, or aluminum. Preferably, the compound improves the adhesion between the insulating film and the insulating film. Specifically, a known silane coupling agent or the like is also effective.
Examples of silane coupling agents include γ-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, γ-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, γ-glycidoxypropyltrialkoxysilane, γ-glycidoxypropylalkyldialkoxysilane, and γ-methacryloxy. Propyltrialkoxysilane, γ-methacryloxypropylalkyldialkoxysilane, γ-chloropropyltrialkoxysilane, γ-mercaptopropyltrialkoxysilane, β- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrialkoxysilane, vinyltrialkoxysilane Is mentioned. Of these, γ-glycidoxypropyltrialkoxysilane and γ-methacryloxypropyltrialkoxysilane are more preferable, γ-glycidoxypropyltrialkoxysilane is more preferable, and 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane is more preferable. Further preferred. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 また、下記の化合物も好ましく採用できる。


Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
The following compounds can also be preferably employed.


Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 上記において、Phはフェニル基である。 In the above, Ph is a phenyl group.
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物におけるアルコキシシラン化合物は、特にこれらに限定することなく、公知のものを使用することができる。
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物がアルコキシシラン化合物を含む場合、アルコキシシラン化合物の含有量は、感光性組成物中の全固形分100質量部に対して、0.1~30質量部が好ましく、0.5~20質量部がより好ましい。アルコキシシラン化合物は、1種単独で使用しても、2種以上を併用してもよい。2種類以上のアルコキシシラン化合物を用いる場合は、その合計量が上記範囲となる。
The alkoxysilane compound in the photosensitive resin composition of this invention is not specifically limited to these, A well-known thing can be used.
When the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains an alkoxysilane compound, the content of the alkoxysilane compound is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the photosensitive composition, 0.5 to 20 parts by mass is more preferable. An alkoxysilane compound may be used individually by 1 type, or may use 2 or more types together. When using 2 or more types of alkoxysilane compounds, the total amount becomes the said range.
<<架橋剤>>
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、必要に応じ、上記(C)脂環式エポキシ化合物以外の架橋剤を含むことが好ましい。架橋剤を添加することにより、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物により得られる硬化膜をより強固な膜とすることができる。
 架橋剤としては、熱によって架橋反応が起こるものであれば制限は無い。例えば、以下に述べる分子内に2個以上のエポキシ基またはオキセタニル基を有する化合物、アルコキシメチル基含有架橋剤、または、少なくとも1個のエチレン性不飽和二重結合を有する化合物、ブロックイソシアネート化合物等を添加することができる。架橋剤の具体例としては、特開2011-221494の[0187]~[0199]記載の化合物を挙げることができる。
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物が架橋剤を含む場合、架橋剤の添加量は、感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分100質量部に対し、0.01~50質量部であることが好ましく、0.1~30質量部であることがより好ましく、0.5~20質量部であることがさらに好ましい。この範囲で添加することにより、機械的強度および耐溶剤性に優れた硬化膜が得られる。架橋剤は複数を併用することもでき、その場合は架橋剤を全て合算して含有量を計算する。架橋剤は、1種単独で使用しても、2種以上を併用してもよい。2種類以上の架橋剤を用いる場合は、その合計量が上記範囲となる。
<< Crosslinking agent >>
It is preferable that the photosensitive resin composition of this invention contains crosslinking agents other than the said (C) alicyclic epoxy compound as needed. By adding a crosslinking agent, the cured film obtained by the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be made a stronger film.
The crosslinking agent is not limited as long as a crosslinking reaction is caused by heat. For example, a compound having two or more epoxy groups or oxetanyl groups in the molecule described below, an alkoxymethyl group-containing crosslinking agent, a compound having at least one ethylenically unsaturated double bond, a blocked isocyanate compound, etc. Can be added. Specific examples of the crosslinking agent include compounds described in [0187] to [0199] of JP2011-212494A.
When the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a crosslinking agent, the addition amount of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. The amount is more preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, and further preferably 0.5 to 20 parts by mass. By adding in this range, a cured film having excellent mechanical strength and solvent resistance can be obtained. A plurality of crosslinking agents may be used in combination. In that case, the content is calculated by adding all the crosslinking agents. A crosslinking agent may be used individually by 1 type, or may use 2 or more types together. When two or more types of crosslinking agents are used, the total amount falls within the above range.
-分子内に2個以上のエポキシ基またはオキセタニル基を有する化合物-
 分子内に2個以上のエポキシ基を有する化合物の具体例としては、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂、フェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、クレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、脂肪族エポキシ樹脂等を挙げることができる。
-Compounds with two or more epoxy groups or oxetanyl groups in the molecule-
Specific examples of compounds having two or more epoxy groups in the molecule include bisphenol A type epoxy resins, bisphenol F type epoxy resins, phenol novolac type epoxy resins, cresol novolac type epoxy resins, aliphatic epoxy resins, and the like. Can do.
 これらは市販品として入手できる。例えば、JER157S70、JER157S65((株)三菱ケミカルホールディングス製)など、特開2011-221494号公報の段落番号0189に記載の市販品などが挙げられる。
 その他にも、ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S、同EP-4003S、同EP-4010S、同EP-4011S(以上、(株)ADEKA製)、NC-2000、NC-3000、NC-7300、XD-1000、EPPN-501、EPPN-502(以上、(株)ADEKA製)、デナコールEX-611、EX-612、EX-614、EX-614B、EX-622、EX-512、EX-521、EX-411、EX-421、EX-313、EX-314、EX-321、EX-211、EX-212、EX-810、EX-811、EX-850、EX-851、EX-821、EX-830、EX-832、EX-841、EX-911、EX-941、EX-920、EX-931、EX-212L、EX-214L、EX-216L、EX-321L、EX-850L、DLC-201、DLC-203、DLC-204、DLC-205、DLC-206、DLC-301、DLC-402(以上ナガセケムテックス(株)製)、YH-300、YH-301、YH-302、YH-315、YH-324、YH-325(以上新日鐵化学製)EHPE3150、セルビナースB0134、B0177((株)ダイセル)、などが挙げられる。
これらは1種単独または2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。
These are available as commercial products. Examples thereof include commercially available products described in paragraph No. 0189 of JP2011-212494, such as JER157S70 and JER157S65 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Holdings Corporation).
In addition, ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S, EP-4003S, EP-4010S, EP-4010S, EP-4011S (above, manufactured by ADEKA Corporation), NC-2000, NC-3000, NC-7300, XD-1000, EPPN-501, EPPN-502 (above, manufactured by ADEKA Corporation), Denacol EX-611, EX-612, EX-614, EX-614B, EX-622, EX-512, EX-521, EX-411, EX-421, EX-313, EX-314, EX-321, EX-211, EX-212, EX-810, EX-811, EX-850, EX-851, EX-821, EX-830, EX- 832, EX-841, EX-911, EX-941, EX-920, EX-931, EX-212L, EX- 14L, EX-216L, EX-321L, EX-850L, DLC-201, DLC-203, DLC-204, DLC-205, DLC-206, DLC-301, DLC-402 (all manufactured by Nagase ChemteX Corporation) ), YH-300, YH-301, YH-302, YH-315, YH-324, YH-325 (manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical Co., Ltd.) EHPE3150, Cellbiners B0134, B0177 (Daicel) .
These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 これらの中でも、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂、フェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂および脂肪族エポキシ、脂肪族エポキシ樹脂がより好ましく挙げられ、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂が特に好ましく挙げられる。 Among these, bisphenol A type epoxy resins, bisphenol F type epoxy resins, phenol novolac type epoxy resins, aliphatic epoxies, and aliphatic epoxy resins are more preferable, and bisphenol A type epoxy resins are particularly preferable.
 分子内に2個以上のオキセタニル基を有する化合物の具体例としては、アロンオキセタンOXT-121、OXT-221、OX-SQ、PNOX(以上、東亞合成(株)製)を用いることができる。 As specific examples of the compound having two or more oxetanyl groups in the molecule, Aron Oxetane OXT-121, OXT-221, OX-SQ, and PNOX (above, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) can be used.
 また、オキセタニル基を含む化合物は、単独でまたはエポキシ基を含む化合物と混合して使用することが好ましい。 In addition, the compound containing an oxetanyl group is preferably used alone or mixed with a compound containing an epoxy group.
 また、その他の架橋剤としては特開2012-8223号公報の段落番号0107~0108に記載のアルコキシメチル基含有架橋剤、および少なくとも1個のエチレン性不飽和二重結合を有する化合物なども好ましく用いることができ、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。アルコキシメチル基含有架橋剤としては、アルコキシメチル化グリコールウリルが好ましい。 As other crosslinking agents, alkoxymethyl group-containing crosslinking agents described in paragraphs 0107 to 0108 of JP2012-8223A and compounds having at least one ethylenically unsaturated double bond are also preferably used. The contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. As the alkoxymethyl group-containing crosslinking agent, alkoxymethylated glycoluril is preferable.
-ブロックイソシアネート化合物-
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物では、架橋剤として、ブロックイソシアネート系化合物も好ましく採用できる。ブロックイソシアネート化合物は、ブロックイソシアネート基を有する化合物であれば特に制限はないが、硬化性の観点から、1分子内に2以上のブロックイソシアネート基を有する化合物であることが好ましい。
 なお、本発明におけるブロックイソシアネート基とは、熱によりイソシアネート基を生成することが可能な基であり、例えば、ブロック剤とイソシアネート基とを反応させイソシアネート基を保護した基が好ましく例示できる。また、上記ブロックイソシアネート基は、90℃~250℃の熱によりイソシアネート基を生成することが可能な基であることが好ましい。
 また、ブロックイソシアネート化合物としては、その骨格は特に限定されるものではなく、1分子中にイソシアネート基を2個有するものであればどのようなものでもよく、脂肪族、脂環族または芳香族のポリイソシアネートであってよいが、例えば2,4-トリレンジイソシアネート、2,6-トリレンジイソシアネート、イソホロンジイソシアネート、1,6-ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、1,3-トリメチレンジイソシアネート、1,4-テトラメチレンジイソシアネート、2,2,4-トリメチルヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、2,4,4-トリメチルヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、1,9-ノナメチレンジイソシアネート、1,10-デカメチレンジイソシアネート、1,4-シクロヘキサンジイソシアネート、2,2’-ジエチルエーテルジイソシアネート、ジフェニルメタン-4,4’-ジイソシアネート、o-キシレンジイソシアネート、m-キシレンジイソシアネート、p-キシレンジイソシアネート、メチレンビス(シクロヘキシルイソシアネート)、シクロヘキサン-1,3-ジメチレンジイソシアネート、シクロヘキサン-1,4-ジメチレレンジイソシアネート、1,5-ナフタレンジイソシアネート、p-フェニレンジイソシアネート、3,3’-メチレンジトリレン-4,4’-ジイソシアネート、4,4’-ジフェニルエーテルジイソシアネート、テトラクロロフェニレンジイソシアネート、ノルボルナンジイソシアネート、水素化1,3-キシリレンジイソシアネート、水素化1,4-キシリレンジイソシアネート等のイソシアネート化合物およびこれらの化合物から派生するプレポリマー型の骨格の化合物を好適に用いることができる。これらの中でも、トリレンジイソシアネート(TDI)やジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート(MDI)、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート(HDI)、イソホロンジイソシアネート(IPDI)が特に好ましい。
-Block isocyanate compounds-
In the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, a blocked isocyanate compound can also be preferably employed as a crosslinking agent. The blocked isocyanate compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having a blocked isocyanate group, but is preferably a compound having two or more blocked isocyanate groups in one molecule from the viewpoint of curability.
In addition, the blocked isocyanate group in this invention is a group which can produce | generate an isocyanate group with a heat | fever, For example, the group which reacted the blocking agent and the isocyanate group and protected the isocyanate group can illustrate preferably. The blocked isocyanate group is preferably a group capable of generating an isocyanate group by heat at 90 ° C. to 250 ° C.
Further, the skeleton of the blocked isocyanate compound is not particularly limited and may be any as long as it has two isocyanate groups in one molecule, and is aliphatic, alicyclic or aromatic. Polyisocyanates may be used, for example, 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate, 2,6-tolylene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, 1,6-hexamethylene diisocyanate, 1,3-trimethylene diisocyanate, 1,4-tetramethylene Diisocyanate, 2,2,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, 2,4,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, 1,9-nonamethylene diisocyanate, 1,10-decamethylene diisocyanate, 1,4-cyclohexane diisocyanate, 2 2'-diethyl ether diisocyanate, diphenylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate, o-xylene diisocyanate, m-xylene diisocyanate, p-xylene diisocyanate, methylene bis (cyclohexyl isocyanate), cyclohexane-1,3-dimethylene diisocyanate, cyclohexane-1 , 4-dimethylene diisocyanate, 1,5-naphthalene diisocyanate, p-phenylene diisocyanate, 3,3'-methylene ditolylene-4,4'-diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenyl ether diisocyanate, tetrachlorophenylene diisocyanate, norbornane diisocyanate , Isocyanation of hydrogenated 1,3-xylylene diisocyanate, hydrogenated 1,4-xylylene diisocyanate, etc. A compound and a prepolymer type skeleton compound derived from these compounds can be preferably used. Among these, tolylene diisocyanate (TDI), diphenylmethane diisocyanate (MDI), hexamethylene diisocyanate (HDI), and isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI) are particularly preferable.
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物におけるブロックイソシアネート化合物の母構造としては、ビウレット型、イソシアヌレート型、アダクト型、2官能プレポリマー型等を挙げることができる。
 上記ブロックイソシアネート化合物のブロック構造を形成するブロック剤としては、オキシム化合物、ラクタム化合物、フェノール化合物、アルコール化合物、アミン化合物、活性メチレン化合物、ピラゾール化合物、メルカプタン化合物、イミダゾール系化合物、イミド系化合物等を挙げることができる。これらの中でも、オキシム化合物、ラクタム化合物、フェノール化合物、アルコール化合物、アミン化合物、活性メチレン化合物、ピラゾール化合物から選ばれるブロック剤が特に好ましい。
Examples of the matrix structure of the blocked isocyanate compound in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention include biuret type, isocyanurate type, adduct type, and bifunctional prepolymer type.
Examples of the blocking agent that forms the block structure of the blocked isocyanate compound include oxime compounds, lactam compounds, phenol compounds, alcohol compounds, amine compounds, active methylene compounds, pyrazole compounds, mercaptan compounds, imidazole compounds, and imide compounds. be able to. Among these, a blocking agent selected from oxime compounds, lactam compounds, phenol compounds, alcohol compounds, amine compounds, active methylene compounds, and pyrazole compounds is particularly preferable.
 上記オキシム化合物としては、オキシム、および、ケトオキシムが挙げられ、具体的には、アセトキシム、ホルムアルドキシム、シクロヘキサンオキシム、メチルエチルケトンオキシム、シクロヘキサノンオキシム、ベンゾフェノンオキシム、アセトキシム等が例示できる。
 上記ラクタム化合物としてはε-カプロラクタム、γ-ブチロラクタム等が例示できる。
 上記フェノール化合物としては、フェノール、ナフトール、クレゾール、キシレノール、ハロゲン置換フェノール等が例示できる。
 上記アルコール化合物としては、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、ブタノール、シクロヘキサノール、エチレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、乳酸アルキル等が例示できる。
 上記アミン化合物としては、1級アミンおよび2級アミンが上げられ、芳香族アミン、脂肪族アミン、脂環族アミンいずれでもよく、アニリン、ジフェニルアミン、エチレンイミン、ポリエチレンイミン等が例示できる。
 上記活性メチレン化合物としては、マロン酸ジエチル、マロン酸ジメチル、アセト酢酸エチル、アセト酢酸メチル等が例示できる。
 上記ピラゾール化合物としては、ピラゾール、メチルピラゾール、ジメチルピラゾール等が例示できる、
 上記メルカプタン化合物としては、アルキルメルカプタン、アリールメルカプタン等が例示できる。
Examples of the oxime compound include oxime and ketoxime, and specific examples include acetoxime, formaldoxime, cyclohexane oxime, methyl ethyl ketone oxime, cyclohexanone oxime, benzophenone oxime, and acetoxime.
Examples of the lactam compound include ε-caprolactam and γ-butyrolactam.
Examples of the phenol compound include phenol, naphthol, cresol, xylenol, and halogen-substituted phenol.
Examples of the alcohol compound include methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, cyclohexanol, ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, and alkyl lactate.
Examples of the amine compound include primary amines and secondary amines, which may be aromatic amines, aliphatic amines, and alicyclic amines, and examples thereof include aniline, diphenylamine, ethyleneimine, and polyethyleneimine.
Examples of the active methylene compound include diethyl malonate, dimethyl malonate, ethyl acetoacetate, methyl acetoacetate and the like.
Examples of the pyrazole compound include pyrazole, methylpyrazole, dimethylpyrazole and the like.
Examples of the mercaptan compound include alkyl mercaptans and aryl mercaptans.
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物に使用できるブロックイソシアネート化合物は、市販品として入手可能であり、例えば、コロネートAPステーブルM、コロネート2503、2515、2507、2513、2555、ミリオネートMS-50(以上、日本ポリウレタン工業(株)製)、タケネートB-830、B-815N、B-820NSU、B-842N、B-846N、B-870N、B-874N、B-882N(以上、三井化学(株)製)、デュラネート17B-60PX、17B-60P、TPA-B80X、TPA-B80E、MF-B60X、MF-B60B、MF-K60X、MF-K60B、E402-B80B、SBN-70D、SBB-70P、K6000(以上、旭化成ケミカルズ(株)製)、デスモジュールBL1100、BL1265 MPA/X、BL3575/1、BL3272MPA、BL3370MPA、BL3475BA/SN、BL5375MPA、VPLS2078/2、BL4265SN、PL340、PL350、スミジュールBL3175(以上、住化バイエルウレタン(株)製)等を好ましく使用することができる。 The blocked isocyanate compound that can be used in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is commercially available. For example, Coronate AP Stable M, Coronate 2503, 2515, 2507, 2513, 2555, Millionate MS-50 (or more, Nippon Polyurethane Industry Co., Ltd.), Takenate B-830, B-815N, B-820NSU, B-842N, B-84N, B-870N, B-874N, B-882N (above, manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.) ), Duranate 17B-60PX, 17B-60P, TPA-B80X, TPA-B80E, MF-B60X, MF-B60B, MF-K60X, MF-K60B, E402-B80B, SBN-70D, SBB-70P, K6000 (above , Manufactured by Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation, Death Module B 1100, BL1265 MPA / X, BL3575 / 1, BL3272MPA, BL3370MPA, BL3475BA / SN, BL5375MPA, VPLS2078 / 2, BL4265SN, PL340, PL350, Sumidur BL3175 (above, manufactured by Sumika Bayer Urethane Co., Ltd.) etc. are preferably used can do.
<<増感剤>>
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、(A2)一般式(2)で表わされる化合物との組み合わせにおいて、その分解を促進させるために、増感剤を含むことが好ましい。増感剤は、活性光線または放射線を吸収して電子励起状態となる。電子励起状態となった増感剤は、光酸発生剤と接触して、電子移動、エネルギー移動、発熱などの作用が生じる。これにより光酸発生剤は化学変化を起こして分解し、酸を生成する。好ましい増感剤の例としては、以下の化合物類に属しており、かつ350nmから450nmの波長域のいずれかに吸収波長を有する化合物を挙げることができる。
<< Sensitizer >>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a sensitizer in order to promote its decomposition in the combination with the compound represented by (A2) general formula (2). The sensitizer absorbs actinic rays or radiation and enters an electronically excited state. The sensitizer in an electronically excited state comes into contact with the photoacid generator, and effects such as electron transfer, energy transfer, and heat generation occur. Thereby, a photo-acid generator raise | generates a chemical change and decomposes | disassembles and produces | generates an acid. Examples of preferred sensitizers include compounds belonging to the following compounds and having an absorption wavelength in any of the wavelength ranges from 350 nm to 450 nm.
 多核芳香族類(例えば、ピレン、ペリレン、トリフェニレン、アントラセン、9,10-ジブトキシアントラセン、9,10-ジエトキシアントラセン,3,7-ジメトキシアントラセン、9,10-ジプロピルオキシアントラセン)、キサンテン類(例えば、フルオレッセイン、エオシン、エリスロシン、ローダミンB、ローズベンガル)、キサントン類(例えば、キサントン、チオキサントン、ジメチルチオキサントン、ジエチルチオキサントン)、シアニン類(例えばチアカルボシアニン、オキサカルボシアニン)、メロシアニン類(例えば、メロシアニン、カルボメロシアニン)、ローダシアニン類、オキソノール類、チアジン類(例えば、チオニン、メチレンブルー、トルイジンブルー)、アクリジン類(例えば、アクリジンオレンジ、クロロフラビン、アクリフラビン)、アクリドン類(例えば、アクリドン、10-ブチル-2-クロロアクリドン、10-ブチルアクリドン)、アントラキノン類(例えば、アントラキノン)、スクアリウム類(例えば、スクアリウム)、スチリル類、ベーススチリル類(例えば、2-[2-[4-(ジメチルアミノ)フェニル]エテニル]ベンゾオキサゾール)、クマリン類(例えば、7-ジエチルアミノ4-メチルクマリン、7-ヒドロキシ4-メチルクマリン、2,3,6,7-テトラヒドロ-9-メチル-1H,5H,11H[1]ベンゾピラノ[6,7,8-ij]キノリジン-11-ノン)、ナフトフラン類、ナフトピラン類、ナフトチオフラン類。
 これら増感剤の中でも、多核芳香族類、アクリドン類、スチリル類、ベーススチリル類、クマリン類が好ましく、多核芳香族類がより好ましい。多核芳香族類の中でもアントラセン誘導体が最も好ましい。
 また、特開2013-213867号公報の段落0083~0102に記載の化合物を好適に用いることができ、この内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
Polynuclear aromatics (eg, pyrene, perylene, triphenylene, anthracene, 9,10-dibutoxyanthracene, 9,10-diethoxyanthracene, 3,7-dimethoxyanthracene, 9,10-dipropyloxyanthracene), xanthenes (Eg, fluorescein, eosin, erythrosine, rhodamine B, rose bengal), xanthones (eg, xanthone, thioxanthone, dimethylthioxanthone, diethylthioxanthone), cyanines (eg, thiacarbocyanine, oxacarbocyanine), merocyanines ( For example, merocyanine, carbomerocyanine), rhodocyanines, oxonols, thiazines (eg, thionine, methylene blue, toluidine blue), acridines (eg, acridine oleoresin) Di, chloroflavin, acriflavine), acridones (eg, acridone, 10-butyl-2-chloroacridone, 10-butylacridone), anthraquinones (eg, anthraquinone), squaliums (eg, squalium), styryl , Base styryls (eg 2- [2- [4- (dimethylamino) phenyl] ethenyl] benzoxazole), coumarins (eg 7-diethylamino 4-methylcoumarin, 7-hydroxy 4-methylcoumarin, 2 , 3,6,7-tetrahydro-9-methyl-1H, 5H, 11H [1] benzopyrano [6,7,8-ij] quinolizine-11-non), naphthofurans, naphthopyrans, naphthothiofurans.
Among these sensitizers, polynuclear aromatics, acridones, styryls, base styryls, and coumarins are preferable, and polynuclear aromatics are more preferable. Of the polynuclear aromatics, anthracene derivatives are most preferred.
In addition, compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0102 of JP2013-213867A can be preferably used, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物が増感剤を含む場合、増感剤の添加量は、感光性樹脂組成物の光酸発生剤100質量部に対し、0~1000質量部であることが好ましく、10~500質量部であることがより好ましく、50~400質量部であることがさらに好ましく、50~350質量部であることが特に好ましい。また、増感剤の添加量は、感光性樹脂組成物の光酸発生剤100質量部に対し、50~200質量部であることも好ましい。
 増感剤は、1種単独で使用しても、2種以上を併用してもよい。2種類以上の増感剤を用いる場合は、その合計量が上記範囲となる。
When the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a sensitizer, the addition amount of the sensitizer is preferably 0 to 1000 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the photoacid generator of the photosensitive resin composition. The amount is more preferably 10 to 500 parts by weight, further preferably 50 to 400 parts by weight, and particularly preferably 50 to 350 parts by weight. The addition amount of the sensitizer is also preferably 50 to 200 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the photoacid generator of the photosensitive resin composition.
A sensitizer may be used individually by 1 type, or may use 2 or more types together. When two or more kinds of sensitizers are used, the total amount is within the above range.
<<界面活性剤>>
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、界面活性剤を含有してもよい。界面活性剤としては、アニオン系、カチオン系、ノニオン系、または、両性のいずれでも使用することができるが、好ましい界面活性剤はノニオン界面活性剤である。
 ノニオン系界面活性剤の例としては、ポリオキシエチレン高級アルキルエーテル類、ポリオキシエチレン高級アルキルフェニルエーテル類、ポリオキシエチレングリコールの高級脂肪酸ジエステル類、シリコーン系、フッ素系界面活性剤を挙げることができる。また、以下商品名で、KP(信越化学工業(株)製)、ポリフロー(共栄社化学(株)製)、エフトップ(JEMCO社製)、メガファック(DIC(株)製)、フロラード(住友スリーエム(株)製)、アサヒガード、サーフロン(旭硝子(株)製)、PolyFox(OMNOVA社製)、SH-8400(東レ・ダウコーニングシリコーン)等の各シリーズを挙げることができる。
 また、界面活性剤として、下記一般式(J-1)で表される構成単位Aおよび構成単位Bを含み、テトラヒドロフラン(THF)を溶剤とした場合のゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィーで測定されるポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量(Mw)が1,000以上10,000以下である共重合体を好ましい例として挙げることができる。
<< Surfactant >>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a surfactant. As the surfactant, any of anionic, cationic, nonionic, or amphoteric can be used, but a preferred surfactant is a nonionic surfactant.
Examples of nonionic surfactants include polyoxyethylene higher alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene higher alkyl phenyl ethers, higher fatty acid diesters of polyoxyethylene glycol, silicone-based and fluorine-based surfactants. . In addition, the following trade names are KP (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), Polyflow (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), F Top (manufactured by JEMCO), Mega Fuck (manufactured by DIC Corporation), Florard (Sumitomo 3M) Asahi Guard, Surflon (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), PolyFox (manufactured by OMNOVA), SH-8400 (Toray Dow Corning Silicone), and the like.
In addition, the surfactant contains the structural unit A and the structural unit B represented by the following general formula (J-1), and is converted to polystyrene measured by gel permeation chromatography using tetrahydrofuran (THF) as a solvent. A copolymer having a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 1,000 or more and 10,000 or less can be given as a preferred example.
 一般式(J-1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 (式(J-1)中、R401およびR403はそれぞれ、水素原子またはメチル基を表し、R402は炭素数1以上4以下の直鎖アルキレン基を表し、R404は水素原子または炭素数1以上4以下のアルキル基を表し、Lは炭素数3以上6以下のアルキレン基を表し、pおよびqは重合比を表す質量百分率であり、pは10質量%以上80質量%以下の数値を表し、qは20質量%以上90質量%以下の数値を表し、rは1以上18以下の整数を表し、sは1以上10以下の整数を表す。)
General formula (J-1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
(In the formula (J-1), R 401 and R 403 each represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 402 represents a linear alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and R 404 represents a hydrogen atom or a carbon number. 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, L represents an alkylene group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, p and q are mass percentages representing a polymerization ratio, and p is a numerical value of 10 mass% to 80 mass%. Q represents a numerical value of 20% to 90% by mass, r represents an integer of 1 to 18, and s represents an integer of 1 to 10.
 上記Lは、下記一般式(J-2)で表される分岐アルキレン基であることが好ましい。一般式(J-2)におけるR405は、炭素数1以上4以下のアルキル基を表し、相溶性と被塗布面に対する濡れ性の点で、炭素数1以上3以下のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数2または3のアルキル基がより好ましい。pとqとの和(p+q)は、p+q=100、すなわち、100質量%であることが好ましい。
 一般式(J-2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
L is preferably a branched alkylene group represented by the following general formula (J-2). R 405 in formula (J-2) represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms in terms of compatibility and wettability with respect to the coated surface. A number 2 or 3 alkyl group is more preferred. The sum (p + q) of p and q is preferably p + q = 100, that is, 100% by mass.
General formula (J-2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
 上記共重合体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、1,500以上5,000以下がより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the copolymer is more preferably from 1,500 to 5,000.
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物が界面活性剤を含む場合、界面活性剤の添加量は、感光性樹脂組成物中の全固形分100質量部に対して、10質量部以下であることが好ましく、0.001~10質量部であることがより好ましく、0.01~3質量部であることがさらに好ましい。界面活性剤は、1種単独で使用しても、2種以上を併用してもよい。2種類以上の界面活性剤を用いる場合は、その合計量が上記範囲となる。 When the photosensitive resin composition of this invention contains surfactant, it is preferable that the addition amount of surfactant is 10 mass parts or less with respect to 100 mass parts of total solids in the photosensitive resin composition. 0.001 to 10 parts by mass is more preferable, and 0.01 to 3 parts by mass is even more preferable. Surfactant may be used individually by 1 type, or may use 2 or more types together. When using 2 or more types of surfactant, the total amount becomes the said range.
<<酸化防止剤>>
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、酸化防止剤を含有してもよい。酸化防止剤としては、公知の酸化防止剤を含むことができる。酸化防止剤を添加することにより、硬化膜の着色を防止できる、または、分解による膜厚減少を低減でき、また、耐熱透明性に優れるという利点がある。
 このような酸化防止剤としては、例えば、リン系酸化防止剤、アミド類、ヒドラジド類、ヒンダードアミン系酸化防止剤、イオウ系酸化防止剤、フェノール系酸化防止剤、アスコルビン酸類、硫酸亜鉛、糖類、亜硝酸塩、亜硫酸塩、チオ硫酸塩、ヒドロキシルアミン誘導体などを挙げることができる。これらの中では、硬化膜の着色、膜厚減少の観点から特にフェノール系酸化防止剤、ヒンダードアミン系酸化防止剤、リン系酸化防止剤、アミド系酸化防止剤、ヒドラジド系酸化防止剤、イオウ系酸化防止剤が好ましい。これらは1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を混合してもよい。
 フェノール系酸化防止剤の市販品としては、例えば、アデカスタブAO-15、アデカスタブAO-18、アデカスタブAO-20、アデカスタブAO-23、アデカスタブAO-30、アデカスタブAO-37、アデカスタブAO-40、アデカスタブAO-50、アデカスタブAO-51、アデカスタブAO-60、アデカスタブAO-70、アデカスタブAO-80、アデカスタブAO-330、アデカスタブAO-412S、アデカスタブAO-503、アデカスタブA-611、アデカスタブA-612、アデカスタブA-613、アデカスタブPEP-4C、アデカスタブPEP-8、アデカスタブPEP-8W、アデカスタブPEP-24G、アデカスタブPEP-36、アデカスタブPEP-36Z、アデカスタブHP-10、アデカスタブ2112、アデカスタブ260、アデカスタブ522A、アデカスタブ1178、アデカスタブ1500、アデカスタブC、アデカスタブ135A、アデカスタブ3010、アデカスタブTPP、アデカスタブCDA-1、アデカスタブCDA-6、アデカスタブZS-27、アデカスタブZS-90、アデカスタブZS-91、アデカスタブLA-52、アデカスタブLA-81(以上、(株)ADEKA製)、イルガノックス245FF、イルガノックス1010FF、イルガノックス1010、イルガノックスMD1024、イルガノックス1035FF、イルガノックス1035、イルガノックス1098、イルガノックス1330、イルガノックス1520L、イルガノックス3114、イルガノックス1726、イルガフォス168、イルガモッド295、チヌビン144(BASF(株)製)、Santonox R(モンサント社)などが挙げられる。このほか、特開2011-227106号公報の段落0108~0116に記載の化合物も挙げることができる。中でも、アデカスタブAO-60、アデカスタブAO-80、イルガノックス1726、イルガノックス1035、イルガノックス1098が挙げられる。
<< Antioxidant >>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain an antioxidant. As an antioxidant, a well-known antioxidant can be included. By adding an antioxidant, there is an advantage that coloring of the cured film can be prevented, or a decrease in film thickness due to decomposition can be reduced, and heat-resistant transparency is excellent.
Examples of such antioxidants include phosphorus antioxidants, amides, hydrazides, hindered amine antioxidants, sulfur antioxidants, phenol antioxidants, ascorbic acids, zinc sulfate, sugars, Examples thereof include nitrates, sulfites, thiosulfates, and hydroxylamine derivatives. Among them, phenolic antioxidants, hindered amine antioxidants, phosphorus antioxidants, amide antioxidants, hydrazide antioxidants, sulfur oxidations are particularly preferred from the viewpoint of coloring of the cured film and reduction of the film thickness. Inhibitors are preferred. These may be used individually by 1 type and may mix 2 or more types.
Examples of commercially available phenolic antioxidants include ADK STAB AO-15, ADK STAB AO-18, ADK STAB AO-20, ADK STAB AO-23, ADK STAB AO-30, ADK STAB AO-37, ADK STAB AO-40 and ADK STAB AO. -50, ADK STAB AO-51, ADK STAB AO-60, ADK STAB AO-70, ADK STAB AO-80, ADK STAB AO-330, ADK STAB AO-412S, ADK STAB AO-503, ADK STAB A-611, ADK STAB A-612, ADK STAB A -613, ADK STAB PEP-4C, ADK STAB PEP-8, ADK STAB PEP-8W, ADK STAB PEP-24G, ADK STAB PEP-36, ADK STAB PEP-36Z, ADK STAB HP-1 ADK STAB 2112, ADK STAB 260, ADK STAB 1522, ADK STAB 1178, ADK STAB 1500, ADK STAB C, ADK STAB 13510, ADK STAB 3010, ADK STAB CDA-1, ADK STAB CDA-6, ADK STAB ZS-27, ADK STAB ZS-90 -91, ADK STAB LA-52, ADK STAB LA-81 (above, manufactured by ADEKA Corporation), Irganox 245FF, Irganox 1010FF, Irganox 1010, Irganox MD1024, Irganox 1035FF, Irganox 1035, Irganox 1098, Irganox 1330, Irganox 1520L, Irganox 3114, Irganox 1726 Irgafos 168, Irugamoddo 295, (manufactured by BASF (Ltd.)) Tinuvin 144, Santonox R (Monsanto Co., Ltd.). In addition, the compounds described in paragraphs 0108 to 0116 of JP 2011-227106 A can also be mentioned. Among these, ADK STAB AO-60, ADK STAB AO-80, Irganox 1726, Irganox 1035, and Irganox 1098 are listed.
 本発明の組成物が酸化防止剤を含む場合、酸化防止剤の含有量は、感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0.1~10質量%であることが好ましく、0.2~5質量%であることがより好ましく、0.5~4質量%であることが特に好ましい。この範囲にすることで、形成された膜の十分な透明性が得られ、且つ、パターン形成時の感度も良好となる。
 また、酸化防止剤以外の添加剤として、“高分子添加剤の新展開((株)日刊工業新聞社)”に記載の各種紫外線吸収剤や、金属不活性化剤等を本発明の感光性樹脂組成物に添加してもよい。
 酸化防止剤は、1種単独で使用しても、2種以上を併用してもよい。2種類以上の酸化防止剤を用いる場合は、その合計量が上記範囲となる。
When the composition of the present invention contains an antioxidant, the content of the antioxidant is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. It is more preferably from 5 to 5% by mass, particularly preferably from 0.5 to 4% by mass. By setting it within this range, sufficient transparency of the formed film can be obtained, and the sensitivity at the time of pattern formation becomes good.
As additives other than antioxidants, various ultraviolet absorbers described in “New Development of Polymer Additives (Nikkan Kogyo Shimbun Co., Ltd.)”, metal deactivators, and the like are used in the present invention. You may add to a resin composition.
Antioxidants may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types of antioxidant, the total amount becomes the said range.
<<酸増殖剤>>
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、感度向上を目的に、酸増殖剤を用いることができる。
 本発明に用いることができる酸増殖剤は、酸触媒反応によってさらに酸を発生して反応系内の酸濃度を上昇させることができる化合物であり、酸が存在しない状態では安定に存在する化合物である。このような化合物は、1回の反応で1つ以上の酸が増えるため、反応の進行に伴って加速的に反応が進むが、発生した酸自体が自己分解を誘起するため、ここで発生する酸の強度は、酸解離定数、pKaとして3以下であるのが好ましく、特に2以下であるのが好ましい。
 酸増殖剤の具体例としては、特開平10-1508号公報の段落番号0203~0223、特開平10-282642号公報の段落番号0016~0055、および、特表平9-512498号公報第39頁12行目~第47頁2行目に記載の化合物を挙げることができ、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
 本発明で用いることができる酸増殖剤としては、酸発生剤から発生した酸によって分解し、ジクロロ酢酸、トリクロロ酢酸、メタンスルホン酸、ベンゼンスルホン酸、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸、フェニルホスホン酸などのpKaが3以下の酸を発生させる化合物を挙げることができる。
 具体的には
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
 等を挙げることができる。
<< Acid Proliferator >>
In the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, an acid proliferating agent can be used for the purpose of improving sensitivity.
The acid proliferating agent that can be used in the present invention is a compound that can further generate an acid by an acid-catalyzed reaction to increase the acid concentration in the reaction system, and is a compound that exists stably in the absence of an acid. is there. In such a compound, since one or more acids increase in one reaction, the reaction proceeds at an accelerated rate as the reaction proceeds. However, the generated acid itself induces self-decomposition, and is generated here. The acid strength is preferably 3 or less as an acid dissociation constant, pKa, and particularly preferably 2 or less.
Specific examples of the acid proliferating agent include paragraph numbers 0203 to 0223 of JP-A-10-1508, paragraphs 0016 to 0055 of JP-A-10-282642, and page 39 of JP-T 9-512498. The compounds described on line 12 to page 47, line 2 can be mentioned, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
Examples of the acid proliferating agent that can be used in the present invention include pKa such as dichloroacetic acid, trichloroacetic acid, methanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, and phenylphosphonic acid, which are decomposed by an acid generated from the acid generator. Examples include compounds that generate 3 or less acids.
In particular
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Etc.
 本発明の組成物が酸増殖剤を含む場合、酸増殖剤の感光性組成物への含有量は、光酸発生剤100質量部に対して、10~1,000質量部とするのが、露光部と未露光部との溶解コントラストの観点から好ましく、20~500質量部とするのがさらに好ましい。酸増殖剤は、1種単独で使用しても、2種以上を併用してもよい。2種類以上の酸増殖剤を用いる場合は、その合計量が上記範囲となる。 When the composition of the present invention contains an acid proliferating agent, the content of the acid proliferating agent in the photosensitive composition is 10 to 1,000 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the photoacid generator. It is preferable from the viewpoint of dissolution contrast between the exposed area and the unexposed area, and more preferably 20 to 500 parts by mass. The acid proliferating agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more kinds of acid proliferating agents are used, the total amount is within the above range.
<<現像促進剤>>
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、現像促進剤を含むことができる。
 現像促進剤としては、特開2012-042837号公報の段落番号0171~0172の記載を参酌でき、かかる内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
 具体的に、現像促進剤としては、現像促進効果のある任意の化合物を使用できるが、カルボキシル基、フェノール性水酸基、及びアルキレンオキシ基の群から選ばれる少なくとも一種の構造を有する化合物であることが好ましく、カルボキシル基又はフェノール性水酸基を有する化合物がより好ましく、フェノール性水酸基を有する化合物がさらに好ましい。
 また、現像促進剤の分子量としては、100~2000が好ましく、150~1500が更に好ましく、最適には150~1000である。
 現像促進剤の例として、アルキレンオキシ基を有するものとしては、ポリエチレングリコール、ポリエチレングリコールのモノメチルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールのジメチルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールグリセリルエステル、ポリプロピレングリコールグリセリルエステル、ポリプロピレングリコールジグリセリルエステル、ポリブチレングリコール、ポリエチレングリコール-ビスフェノールAエーテル、ポリプロピレングリコール-ビスフェノールAエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンのアルキルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンのアルキルエステル、及び特開平9-222724号公報に記載の化合物等を挙げることができる。
 カルボキシ基を有するものとしては、特開2000-66406号公報、特開平9-6001号公報、特開平10-20501号公報、特開平11-338150号公報等に記載の化合物を挙げることができる。
 フェノール性水酸基を有するものとしては、特開2005-346024号公報、特開平10-133366号公報、特開平9-194415号公報、特開平9-222724号公報、特開平11-171810号公報、特開2007-121766号公報、特開平9-297396号公報、特開2003-43679号公報等に記載の化合物を挙げる事ができる。これらの中でも、ベンゼン環数が2~10個のフェノール化合物が好ましく、ベンゼン環数が2~5個のフェノール化合物がより好ましい。特に好ましいものとしては、特開平10-133366号公報に溶解促進剤として開示されているフェノール性化合物を挙げることができる。
<< Development accelerator >>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can contain a development accelerator.
As the development accelerator, the description in paragraphs 0171 to 0172 of JP2012-042837A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
Specifically, as the development accelerator, any compound having a development acceleration effect can be used, and the development accelerator may be a compound having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, and an alkyleneoxy group. Preferably, a compound having a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group is more preferable, and a compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group is more preferable.
The molecular weight of the development accelerator is preferably 100 to 2000, more preferably 150 to 1500, and most preferably 150 to 1000.
Examples of development accelerators having an alkyleneoxy group include polyethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, polyethylene glycol dimethyl ether, polyethylene glycol glyceryl ester, polypropylene glycol glyceryl ester, polypropylene glycol diglyceryl ester, polybutylene glycol, Examples thereof include polyethylene glycol-bisphenol A ether, polypropylene glycol-bisphenol A ether, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether, polyoxyethylene alkyl ester, and compounds described in JP-A-9-222724.
Examples of compounds having a carboxy group include compounds described in JP-A No. 2000-66406, JP-A No. 9-6001, JP-A No. 10-20501, JP-A No. 11-338150, and the like.
Examples of those having a phenolic hydroxyl group include JP-A-2005-346024, JP-A-10-133366, JP-A-9-194415, JP-A-9-222724, JP-A-11-171810, Examples thereof include compounds described in JP 2007-121766, JP-A-9-297396, JP-A 2003-43679, and the like. Among these, phenol compounds having 2 to 10 benzene rings are preferable, and phenol compounds having 2 to 5 benzene rings are more preferable. Particularly preferred is a phenolic compound disclosed as a dissolution accelerator in JP-A-10-133366.
 現像促進剤は、1種を単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用することも可能である。
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物が現像促進剤を含む場合、現像促進剤の添加量は、感度と残膜率の観点から、感光性組成物の全固形分100質量部に対し、0~30質量部が好ましく、0.1~20質量部がより好ましく、0.5~10質量部であることがさらに好ましい。2種類以上の現像促進剤を用いる場合は、その合計量が上記範囲となる。
 また、その他の添加剤としては特開2012-8223号公報の段落番号0120~0121に記載の熱ラジカル発生剤、WO2011/136074A1に記載の窒素含有化合物および熱酸発生剤も用いることができ、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
A development accelerator may be used individually by 1 type, and can also use 2 or more types together.
When the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a development accelerator, the addition amount of the development accelerator is 0 to 30 with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the photosensitive composition from the viewpoint of sensitivity and residual film ratio. Mass parts are preferred, 0.1 to 20 parts by mass are more preferred, and 0.5 to 10 parts by mass are even more preferred. When two or more types of development accelerators are used, the total amount is within the above range.
In addition, as other additives, thermal radical generators described in paragraphs 0120 to 0121 of JP2012-8223A, nitrogen-containing compounds and thermal acid generators described in WO2011-133604A1, can be used. Is incorporated herein by reference.
<感光性樹脂組成物の調製方法>
 各成分を所定の割合でかつ任意の方法で混合し、撹拌溶解して感光性樹脂組成物を調製する。例えば、成分を、それぞれ予め溶剤に溶解させた溶液とした後、これらを所定の割合で混合して樹脂組成物を調製することもできる。以上のように調製した組成物溶液は、孔径0.2μmのフィルター等を用いてろ過した後に、使用に供することもできる。
<Method for preparing photosensitive resin composition>
Each component is mixed in a predetermined ratio and by any method, stirred and dissolved to prepare a photosensitive resin composition. For example, a resin composition can be prepared by preparing a solution in which components are dissolved in a solvent in advance and then mixing them in a predetermined ratio. The composition solution prepared as described above can be used after being filtered using a filter having a pore size of 0.2 μm or the like.
(パターンの製造方法)
 次に、本発明のパターンの製造方法を説明する。本発明のパターンの製造方法は、基板上にパターンを形成する方法であり、以下の(1)~(4)の工程を含むことが好ましい。
(1)基板の少なくとも一方の面に、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物を塗布する工程、
(2)感光性樹脂組成物を乾燥させ感光性樹脂組成物層を形成する工程、
(3)感光性樹脂組成物層を露光する工程、
(4)露光された感光性樹脂組成物層を現像する工程、を含むパターンの製造方法。
(Pattern manufacturing method)
Next, the pattern manufacturing method of the present invention will be described. The pattern manufacturing method of the present invention is a method of forming a pattern on a substrate, and preferably includes the following steps (1) to (4).
(1) The process of apply | coating the photosensitive resin composition of this invention to the at least one surface of a board | substrate,
(2) a step of drying the photosensitive resin composition to form a photosensitive resin composition layer;
(3) a step of exposing the photosensitive resin composition layer;
(4) A process for producing a pattern comprising a step of developing the exposed photosensitive resin composition layer.
 さらに、(5)形成されたパターンをエッチング用レジストとして用いてエッチングを行う工程、および、(6)パターンをプラズマ処理または薬品処理により除去する工程を含んでいても良い。
 以下に各工程を順に説明する。
Furthermore, (5) a step of performing etching using the formed pattern as an etching resist, and (6) a step of removing the pattern by plasma treatment or chemical treatment may be included.
Each step will be described below in order.
 (1)の塗布工程では、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物を基板上に塗布して溶剤を含む湿潤膜とすることが好ましい。感光性樹樹脂組成物を基板へ塗布する前にアルカリ洗浄やプラズマ洗浄といった基板の洗浄を行うことが好ましく、さらに基板洗浄後にヘキサメチルジシラザンで基板表面を処理することがより好ましい。この処理を行うことにより、感光性樹脂組成物の基板への密着性が向上する傾向にある。ヘキサメチルジシラザンで基板表面を処理する方法としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、ヘキサメチルジシラザン蒸気に中に基板を晒しておく方法等が挙げられる。
 上記の基板としては、無機基板、樹脂、樹脂複合材料などが挙げられ、例えばクロム膜、モリブデン膜、モリブデン合金膜、タンタル膜、タンタル合金膜、タングステン膜、タングステン合金膜、酸化錫をドープした酸化インジウム(ITO、IZO)膜や酸化錫膜、Ni、Cu、Fe、Al、などのメタル基板;石英(SiOx)、ガラス、窒化珪素膜、シリコーン、窒化シリコーン、ポリシリコーン、酸化シリコーン、アモルファスシリコン膜、IGZOなどの酸化物半導体膜、SOG、液晶素子製造用のガラス角基板などのシリコン基板;紙、ポリエステルフイルム、ポリカーボネートフィルム、ポリイミドフィルム、有機EL表示装置に用いられるその他のポリマー基板などのポリマー基板;セラミック材料、Ti基板、Al基板などを用いることができる。その中でも本発明では、ITO基板、モリブデン基板、シリコン基板、SiOx基板、SiNx基板、Cu基板、または、Al基板であるであることが好ましく、ITO基板、モリブデン基板、SiOx基板、SiNx基板またはシリコン基板であることがより好ましい。
 基板の形状は、板状でもよいし、ロール状でもよい。また、エッチングする無機膜の厚みには限定がなく、表意面の数nmのみの膜でもよいし、基材全体の材質でもよい。また、基材表面が上記材質(基板)の複合表面になっている場合でもよい。
 基板への塗布方法は特に限定されず、例えば、インクジェット法、スリットコート法、スプレー法、ロールコート法、回転塗布法、流延塗布法、スリットアンドスピン法等の方法を用いることができる。さらに、特開2009-145395号公報に記載されているような、所謂プリウェット法を適用することも可能である。
 塗布したときのウエット膜厚は特に限定されるものではなく、用途に応じた膜厚で塗布することができるが、通常は0.5~10μmの範囲で使用される。
In the application step (1), the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably applied onto a substrate to form a wet film containing a solvent. Before applying the photosensitive resin resin composition to the substrate, it is preferable to perform substrate cleaning such as alkali cleaning or plasma cleaning, and it is more preferable to treat the substrate surface with hexamethyldisilazane after substrate cleaning. By performing this treatment, the adhesiveness of the photosensitive resin composition to the substrate tends to be improved. The method for treating the substrate surface with hexamethyldisilazane is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method in which the substrate is exposed to hexamethyldisilazane vapor.
Examples of the substrate include an inorganic substrate, a resin, and a resin composite material. For example, a chromium film, a molybdenum film, a molybdenum alloy film, a tantalum film, a tantalum alloy film, a tungsten film, a tungsten alloy film, and an oxide doped with tin oxide. Metal substrates such as indium (ITO, IZO) film, tin oxide film, Ni, Cu, Fe, Al, etc .; quartz (SiOx), glass, silicon nitride film, silicone, silicone nitride, polysilicon, silicone oxide, amorphous silicon film IGZO and other oxide semiconductor films, SOG, silicon substrates such as glass square substrates for manufacturing liquid crystal elements; polymer substrates such as paper, polyester film, polycarbonate film, polyimide film, and other polymer substrates used in organic EL display devices Ceramic materials, Ti substrates, Al substrates It can be used. Among them, in the present invention, an ITO substrate, a molybdenum substrate, a silicon substrate, a SiOx substrate, a SiNx substrate, a Cu substrate, or an Al substrate is preferable, and an ITO substrate, a molybdenum substrate, a SiOx substrate, a SiNx substrate, or a silicon substrate is preferable. It is more preferable that
The shape of the substrate may be a plate shape or a roll shape. Further, the thickness of the inorganic film to be etched is not limited, and may be a film having an ideographic surface of only a few nm, or the material of the whole substrate. Moreover, the case where the base-material surface is the composite surface of the said material (board | substrate) may be sufficient.
The coating method on the substrate is not particularly limited, and for example, a method such as an inkjet method, a slit coating method, a spray method, a roll coating method, a spin coating method, a casting coating method, a slit and spin method can be used. Furthermore, it is also possible to apply a so-called pre-wet method as described in JP-A-2009-145395.
The wet film thickness when applied is not particularly limited, and can be applied with a film thickness according to the application, but it is usually used in the range of 0.5 to 10 μm.
 (2)の乾燥させる工程では、乾燥によって溶剤を除去する工程である。より具体的には、塗布された上記の膜から、減圧(バキューム)および/または加熱により、溶剤を除去して基板上に乾燥塗膜を形成させる。溶剤除去工程の加熱条件は、好ましくは70~130℃で30~300秒間程度である。温度と時間が上記範囲である場合、パターンの密着性がより良好で、且つ残渣もより低減できる傾向にある。 (2) The step of drying is a step of removing the solvent by drying. More specifically, the solvent is removed from the applied film by reducing pressure (vacuum) and / or heating to form a dry coating film on the substrate. The heating conditions for the solvent removal step are preferably 70 to 130 ° C. and about 30 to 300 seconds. When the temperature and time are in the above ranges, the pattern adhesiveness is better and the residue tends to be further reduced.
 (3)の露光工程では、塗膜を設けた基板に所定のパターンを有するマスクを介して、活性光線を照射する。この工程では、光酸発生剤が分解し酸が発生する。発生した酸の触媒作用により、塗膜成分中に含まれる酸分解性基が加水分解されて、カルボキシル基またはフェノール性水酸基が生成する。
 活性光線による露光光源としては、低圧水銀灯、高圧水銀灯、超高圧水銀灯、ケミカルランプ、LED光源、エキシマレーザー発生装置などを用いることができ、g線(436nm)、i線(365nm)、h線(405nm)などの波長300nm以上450nm以下の波長を有する活性光線が好ましく使用できる。また、必要に応じて長波長カットフィルター、短波長カットフィルター、バンドパスフィルターのような分光フィルターを通して照射光を調整することもできる。
 露光装置としては、ミラープロジェクションアライナー、ステッパー、スキャナー、プロキシミティ、コンタクト、マイクロレンズアレイ、レーザー露光、など各種方式の露光機を用いることができる。
 酸触媒の生成した領域において、上記の加水分解反応を加速させるために、露光後加熱処理:Post Exposure Bake(以下、「PEB」ともいう。)を行うことができる。PEBにより、酸分解性基からのカルボキシル基またはフェノール性水酸基の生成を促進させることができる。PEBを行う場合の温度は、30℃以上130℃以下であることが好ましく、40℃以上110℃以下がより好ましく、50℃以上100℃以下が特に好ましい。
 ただし、本発明における酸分解性基は、酸分解の活性化エネルギーが低く、露光による酸発生剤由来の酸により容易に分解し、カルボキシル基またはフェノール性水酸基を生じるため、必ずしもPEBを行うことなく、現像によりポジ画像を形成することもできる。
In the exposure step (3), the substrate provided with the coating film is irradiated with actinic rays through a mask having a predetermined pattern. In this step, the photoacid generator is decomposed to generate an acid. Due to the catalytic action of the generated acid, the acid-decomposable group contained in the coating film component is hydrolyzed to generate a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group.
As an exposure light source using actinic light, a low-pressure mercury lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultrahigh-pressure mercury lamp, a chemical lamp, an LED light source, an excimer laser generator, and the like can be used. Actinic rays having a wavelength of 300 nm to 450 nm, such as 405 nm), can be preferably used. Moreover, irradiation light can also be adjusted through spectral filters, such as a long wavelength cut filter, a short wavelength cut filter, and a band pass filter, as needed.
As the exposure apparatus, various types of exposure machines such as a mirror projection aligner, a stepper, a scanner, a proximity, a contact, a microlens array, and a laser exposure can be used.
In order to accelerate the hydrolysis reaction in the region where the acid catalyst is generated, post-exposure heat treatment: Post Exposure Bake (hereinafter also referred to as “PEB”) can be performed. PEB can promote the formation of a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group from an acid-decomposable group. The temperature for performing PEB is preferably 30 ° C. or higher and 130 ° C. or lower, more preferably 40 ° C. or higher and 110 ° C. or lower, and particularly preferably 50 ° C. or higher and 100 ° C. or lower.
However, since the acid-decomposable group in the present invention has low activation energy for acid decomposition and is easily decomposed by an acid derived from an acid generator by exposure to generate a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group, PEB is not necessarily performed. A positive image can also be formed by development.
 マスクを使用して露光する場合は、通常のマスクのほか、ハーフトーンマスクを用いることもできる。 When exposing using a mask, a halftone mask can be used in addition to a normal mask.
<ハーフトーン位相差マスク>
 ハーフトーン(HT)位相差マスクは、露光時のパターン周辺部への回折光を、逆位相の光によってキャンセルさせるマスクを言う。ハーフトーン(HT)位相差マスク30は、透明基材32上に、露光パターンの外周に特定の透過率の位相シフタ部(位相変更膜31)を設けたものが用いられる。これを利用した露光形態を模式的に図3に示した。図3中、sは透過部を、kは露光部(基板)を、33は光強度分布を、34は光振幅分布(正位相)を、35は光振幅分布(逆位相)をそれぞれ示している。同図からも分かるとおり、この露光形態によれば、波形の反転した光が互いに隣接して照射されるため、パターンのエッジ部分の光量差が大きくなり、露光解像度を向上させることができる。このような露光方式を採用した加工方法は知られており、例えば、特開2010-8868号公報、特開2007-241136号公報に記載された手順や条件を参考にすることができる。なお、本発明に適用されるハーフトーン位相差マスクの形態は特に限定されず、例えば、位相シフタ層が透過率調整層と位相調整層とに別れた積層型のマスクであってもよい。
 また、上記のとおり、ハーフトーン位相差マスクとは、透過部と位相シフタ部を有するマスクのことを指すが、本発明においては、透過部、位相シフタ部を有するマスクのほか、透過部、位相シフタ部、遮光部を有するマスクを用いてもよい。
<Halftone phase difference mask>
The halftone (HT) phase difference mask is a mask that cancels the diffracted light to the periphery of the pattern at the time of exposure with light having an opposite phase. As the halftone (HT) phase difference mask 30, a transparent substrate 32 provided with a phase shifter portion (phase change film 31) having a specific transmittance on the outer periphery of an exposure pattern is used. An exposure mode using this is schematically shown in FIG. In FIG. 3, s indicates a transmission part, k indicates an exposure part (substrate), 33 indicates a light intensity distribution, 34 indicates a light amplitude distribution (positive phase), and 35 indicates a light amplitude distribution (reverse phase). Yes. As can be seen from this figure, according to this exposure mode, the light whose waveforms are inverted are irradiated adjacent to each other, so that the difference in the amount of light at the edge portion of the pattern is increased and the exposure resolution can be improved. A processing method employing such an exposure method is known, and for example, the procedures and conditions described in JP 2010-8868 A and JP 2007-241136 A can be referred to. The form of the halftone phase difference mask applied to the present invention is not particularly limited. For example, a laminated mask in which the phase shifter layer is divided into a transmittance adjustment layer and a phase adjustment layer may be used.
As described above, a halftone phase difference mask refers to a mask having a transmission part and a phase shifter part. In the present invention, in addition to a mask having a transmission part and a phase shifter part, a transmission part, a phase You may use the mask which has a shifter part and a light-shielding part.
 (4)の現像工程では、遊離したカルボキシル基又はフェノール性水酸基を有する共重合体を、アルカリ性現像液を用いて現像する。アルカリ性現像液に溶解しやすい酸基、例えば、カルボキシル基又はフェノール性水酸基を有する樹脂組成物を含む露光部領域を除去することにより、ポジ画像が形成する。
 現像工程で使用する現像液には、塩基性化合物の水溶液が含まれることが好ましい。塩基性化合物としては、例えば、水酸化リチウム、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウムなどのアルカリ金属水酸化物類;炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム、炭酸セシウムなどのアルカリ金属炭酸塩類;重炭酸ナトリウム、重炭酸カリウムなどのアルカリ金属重炭酸塩類;テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラプロピルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラブチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ジエチルジメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド等のテトラアルキルアンモニウムヒドロキシド類:コリン等の(ヒドロキシアルキル)トリアルキルアンモニウムヒドロキシド類;ケイ酸ナトリウム、メタケイ酸ナトリウムなどのケイ酸塩類;エチルアミン、プロピルアミン、ジエチルアミン、トリエチルアミン等のアルキルアミン類;ジメチルエタノールアミン、トリエタノールアミン等のアルコールアミン類;1,8-ジアザビシクロ‐[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセン、1,5-ジアザビシクロ-[4.3.0]-5-ノネン等の脂環式アミン類を使用することができる。
 これらのうち、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラプロピルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラブチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、コリン(2-ヒドロキシエチルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド)が好ましい。
 また、上記アルカリ類の水溶液にメタノールやエタノールなどの水溶性有機溶剤や界面活性剤を適当量添加した水溶液を現像液として使用することもできる。
In the developing step (4), a copolymer having a liberated carboxyl group or phenolic hydroxyl group is developed using an alkaline developer. A positive image is formed by removing an exposed area containing a resin composition having an acid group that easily dissolves in an alkaline developer, such as a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group.
The developer used in the development step preferably contains an aqueous solution of a basic compound. Examples of basic compounds include alkali metal hydroxides such as lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, and potassium hydroxide; alkali metal carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, and cesium carbonate; sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate Alkali metal bicarbonates such as: tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, diethyldimethylammonium hydroxide, and other tetraalkylammonium hydroxides: Alkyl) trialkylammonium hydroxides; silicates such as sodium silicate and sodium metasilicate; ethylamine, propylamine, diethylamine, triethylammonium Alkylamines such as diamine; alcohol amines such as dimethylethanolamine and triethanolamine; 1,8-diazabicyclo- [5.4.0] -7-undecene, 1,5-diazabicyclo- [4.3.0 ] Cycloaliphatic amines such as -5-nonene can be used.
Of these, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, and choline (2-hydroxyethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide) are preferable.
An aqueous solution obtained by adding an appropriate amount of a water-soluble organic solvent such as methanol or ethanol or a surfactant to the alkaline aqueous solution can also be used as a developer.
 現像液のpHは、9.0~15.0が好ましく、10.0~14.0がより好ましい。現像液の濃度は0.1~20質量%が好ましく、0.1~5.0質量%がより好ましい。
 現像時間は、好ましくは30~180秒間であり、また、現像の手法は液盛り法、ディップ法、シャワー法等の何れでもよい。現像後は、流水洗浄を30~300秒間行い、所望のパターンを形成させることができる。
 現像の後に、リンス工程を行うこともできる。リンス工程では、現像後の基板を純水などで洗うことで、付着している現像液除去、現像残渣除去を行う。リンス方法は公知の方法を用いることができる。例えばシャワーリンスやディップリンスなどを挙げることができる。
The pH of the developer is preferably from 9.0 to 15.0, more preferably from 10.0 to 14.0. The concentration of the developer is preferably from 0.1 to 20% by mass, more preferably from 0.1 to 5.0% by mass.
The development time is preferably 30 to 180 seconds, and the development method may be any of a liquid piling method, a dipping method, a shower method, and the like. After development, washing with running water can be performed for 30 to 300 seconds to form a desired pattern.
A rinsing step can also be performed after development. In the rinsing step, the developed substrate and the development residue are removed by washing the developed substrate with pure water or the like. A known method can be used as the rinsing method. For example, a shower rinse, a dip rinse, etc. can be mentioned.
 (5)の工程で、レジストパターンをマスクとして上記基板をドライエッチングする方法としては特に制限はなく、公知の方法を用いることができる。 In the step (5), the method for dry etching the substrate using the resist pattern as a mask is not particularly limited, and a known method can be used.
 本発明のパターンの製造方法は、(6)レジストパターンを剥離する工程を含んでいてもよい。上記レジストパターンを剥離方法としては特に制限はなく、公知の方法を用いることができる。レジストパターンの剥離は、プラズマ処理または薬品処理により行われることが好ましい。 The pattern manufacturing method of the present invention may include (6) a step of stripping the resist pattern. There is no restriction | limiting in particular as a peeling method of the said resist pattern, A well-known method can be used. The resist pattern is preferably peeled off by plasma treatment or chemical treatment.
(硬化膜)
 本発明では、(4)現像する工程後、現像により得られた未露光領域に対応するパターンについて、ホットプレートやオーブン等の加熱装置を用いて、所定の温度、例えば、100~250℃で所定の時間、例えばホットプレート上なら5~60分間、オーブンならば30~90分間、加熱処理をすることにより、硬度等に優れた硬化膜を形成することができる。
 また、加熱処理を行う際は、窒素雰囲気下で行うことにより、硬化膜の透明性を向上させることもできる。
 なお、加熱処理に先立ち、硬化膜がパターン状に形成した基板に活性光線により再露光した後、加熱することもできる。
(Cured film)
In the present invention, (4) after the developing step, the pattern corresponding to the unexposed area obtained by development is predetermined at a predetermined temperature, for example, 100 to 250 ° C., using a heating device such as a hot plate or an oven. A cured film having excellent hardness and the like can be formed by performing the heat treatment for 5 to 60 minutes on a hot plate, and 30 to 90 minutes on an oven.
Moreover, when performing heat processing, transparency of a cured film can also be improved by performing in nitrogen atmosphere.
Prior to the heat treatment, the substrate on which the cured film is formed in a pattern can be re-exposed with actinic rays and then heated.
 再露光する工程における露光は、上記露光する工程と同様の手段により行えばよいが、上記再露光する工程では、基板の本発明の感光性樹脂組成物により膜が形成された側に対し、全面露光を行うことが好ましい。再露光する工程の好ましい露光量としては、100~1,000mJ/cm2である。 The exposure in the re-exposure step may be performed by the same means as in the exposure step. However, in the re-exposure step, the entire surface of the substrate on which the film is formed by the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is used. It is preferable to perform exposure. A preferable exposure amount for the re-exposure step is 100 to 1,000 mJ / cm 2 .
(パターン)
 本発明のパターンは、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物を硬化して得られたレジストパターンをマスクとして用いて、上記基板をエッチングして得られたパターンである。本発明のパターンはITO、モリブデン、シリコン、SiOx、SiNx、Cu、または、Alであるであることが好ましく、ITO、モリブデン、SiOx、SiNxまたはシリコンであることがより好ましい。
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、剥離性、感度、解像性および露光マージンに優れ、各種基板表面の材質に対する密着性に優れるため、矩形性に優れたレジストパターンが得られる。本発明のパターンは、上記レジストパターンを用いる本発明のパターンの製造方法で得られるため、微細加工することができ、有機EL表示装置や液晶表示装置を高精細な表示特性とすることができる。
(pattern)
The pattern of this invention is a pattern obtained by etching the said board | substrate using the resist pattern obtained by hardening | curing the photosensitive resin composition of this invention as a mask. The pattern of the present invention is preferably ITO, molybdenum, silicon, SiOx, SiNx, Cu, or Al, and more preferably ITO, molybdenum, SiOx, SiNx, or silicon.
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is excellent in releasability, sensitivity, resolution, and exposure margin, and has excellent adhesion to materials on various substrate surfaces, so that a resist pattern having excellent rectangularity can be obtained. Since the pattern of the present invention is obtained by the method for producing a pattern of the present invention using the resist pattern, it can be finely processed, and an organic EL display device or a liquid crystal display device can have high definition display characteristics.
(液晶表示装置)
 本発明の液晶表示装置は、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物を用いて形成された機能性無機膜のパターンを具備することを特徴とする。すなわち、本発明のパターンの製造方法によって製造されたパターンを有することを特徴とする。
 本発明の液晶表示装置としては、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物を用いて形成された機能性無機膜のパターンを有すること以外は特に制限されず、様々な構造をとる公知の液晶表示装置を挙げることができる。
 例えば、本発明の液晶表示装置が具備するTFT(Thin-Film Transistor)の具体例としては、アモルファスシリコン-TFT、低温ポリシリコン-TFT、酸化物半導体TFT等が挙げられる。本発明の硬化膜は電気特性に優れるため、これらのTFTに組み合わせて好ましく用いることができる。
 また、本発明の液晶表示装置が取りうる液晶駆動方式としてはTN(TwistedNematic)方式、VA(Virtical Alignment)方式、IPS(In-Place-Switching)方式、FFS(Frings Field Switching)方式、OCB(Optical Compensated Bend)方式などが挙げられる。
 パネル構成においては、COA(Color Filter on Allay)方式の液晶表示装置でも本発明の硬化膜を用いることができ、例えば、特開2005-284291号公報の有機絶縁膜(115)や、特開2005-346054号公報の有機絶縁膜(212)として用いることができる。
 また、本発明の液晶表示装置が取りうる液晶配向膜の具体的な配向方式としてはラビング配向法、光配向方などが挙げられる。また、特開2003-149647号公報や特開2011-257734号公報に記載のPSA(Polymer Sustained Alignment)技術によってポリマー配向支持されていてもよい。
 また、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物および本発明の硬化膜は、上記用途に限定されず種々の用途に使用することができる。例えば、平坦化膜や層間絶縁膜以外にも、カラーフィルターの保護膜や、液晶表示装置における液晶層の厚みを一定に保持するためのスペーサーや固体撮像素子においてカラーフィルター上に設けられるマイクロレンズ等に好適に用いることができる。
 図2は、アクティブマトリックス方式の液晶表示装置10の一例を示す概念的断面図である。このカラー液晶表示装置10は、背面にバックライトユニット12を有する液晶パネルであって、液晶パネルは、偏光フィルムが貼り付けられた2枚のガラス基板14,15の間に配置されたすべての画素に対応するTFT16の素子が配置されている。ガラス基板上に形成された各素子には、硬化膜17中に形成されたコンタクトホール18を通して、画素電極を形成するITO透明電極19が配線されている。ITO透明電極19の上には、液晶20の層とブラックマトリックスを配置したRGBカラーフィルター22が設けられている。
 バックライトの光源としては、特に限定されず公知の光源を用いることができる。例えば白色LED、青色・赤色・緑色などの多色LED、蛍光灯(冷陰極管)、有機ELなどを挙げる事ができる。
 また、液晶表示装置は、3D(立体視)型のものとしたり、タッチパネル型のものとしたりすることも可能である。さらにフレキシブル型にすることも可能である。
(Liquid crystal display device)
The liquid crystal display device of the present invention comprises a pattern of a functional inorganic film formed using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. That is, it has the pattern manufactured by the pattern manufacturing method of the present invention.
The liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not particularly limited except that it has a pattern of a functional inorganic film formed using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, and known liquid crystal display devices having various structures are used. Can be mentioned.
For example, specific examples of TFT (Thin-Film Transistor) included in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention include amorphous silicon-TFT, low-temperature polysilicon-TFT, oxide semiconductor TFT, and the like. Since the cured film of the present invention is excellent in electrical characteristics, it can be preferably used in combination with these TFTs.
In addition, as a liquid crystal driving method that can be adopted by the liquid crystal display device of the present invention, a TN (Twisted Nematic) method, a VA (Virtual Alignment) method, an IPS (In-Place-Switching) method, an FFS (Frings Field Switching) method, an OCB (Optical) method. Compensated Bend) method and the like.
In the panel configuration, the cured film of the present invention can also be used in a COA (Color Filter on Array) type liquid crystal display device. For example, the organic insulating film (115) of JP-A-2005-284291, -346054 can be used as the organic insulating film (212).
Specific examples of the alignment method of the liquid crystal alignment film that the liquid crystal display device of the present invention can take include a rubbing alignment method and a photo alignment method. Further, the polymer orientation may be supported by a PSA (Polymer Sustained Alignment) technique described in JP-A Nos. 2003-149647 and 2011-257734.
Moreover, the photosensitive resin composition of this invention and the cured film of this invention are not limited to the said use, It can be used for various uses. For example, in addition to the planarization film and interlayer insulating film, a protective film for the color filter, a spacer for keeping the thickness of the liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device constant, a micro lens provided on the color filter in the solid-state image sensor Can be suitably used.
FIG. 2 is a conceptual cross-sectional view showing an example of the active matrix type liquid crystal display device 10. The color liquid crystal display device 10 is a liquid crystal panel having a backlight unit 12 on the back surface, and the liquid crystal panel includes all pixels disposed between two glass substrates 14 and 15 having a polarizing film attached thereto. The elements of the TFT 16 corresponding to are arranged. Each element formed on the glass substrate is wired with an ITO transparent electrode 19 that forms a pixel electrode through a contact hole 18 formed in the cured film 17. On the ITO transparent electrode 19, an RGB color filter 22 in which a liquid crystal 20 layer and a black matrix are arranged is provided.
The light source of the backlight is not particularly limited, and a known light source can be used. For example, a white LED, a multicolor LED such as blue, red, and green, a fluorescent lamp (cold cathode tube), and an organic EL can be used.
Further, the liquid crystal display device can be a 3D (stereoscopic) type or a touch panel type. It is also possible to make it flexible.
 (タッチパネル表示装置)
 図4は、タッチパネル表示装置の一例の構成概念図である。
 図4に示すタッチパネル表示装置は、薄膜トランジスタ(TFT)440が具備された薄膜トランジスタ表示板に相当する下部表示板200、下部表示板200と対向して下部表示板200と対向する面に複数のカラーフィルター330が具備されたカラーフィルター表示板に相当する上部表示板300、及び下部表示板200と上部表示板300の間に形成された液晶層400を含む。液晶層400は液晶分子(図示せず)を含む。
(Touch panel display)
FIG. 4 is a conceptual diagram illustrating an example of a touch panel display device.
4 includes a lower display panel 200 corresponding to a thin film transistor display panel provided with a thin film transistor (TFT) 440, a plurality of color filters on a surface facing the lower display panel 200 and facing the lower display panel 200. 330 includes an upper display panel 300 corresponding to a color filter display panel 330 and a liquid crystal layer 400 formed between the lower display panel 200 and the upper display panel 300. The liquid crystal layer 400 includes liquid crystal molecules (not shown).
 下部表示板200は、第1絶縁基板210、第1絶縁基板210の上に配置する薄膜トランジスタ(TFT)、薄膜トランジスタ(TFT)の上面に形成された絶縁膜280、及び絶縁膜280の上に配置する画素電極290を含む。薄膜トランジスタ(TFT)は、ゲート電極220、ゲート電極220を覆うゲート絶縁膜240、半導体層250、オーミックコンタクト層260、262、ソース電極270、及び、ドレイン電極272を含むことができる。
 絶縁膜280は、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物を用いて形成できる。
 絶縁膜280には薄膜トランジスタ(TFT)のドレイン電極272が露出するようにコンタクトホール282が形成されている。
The lower display panel 200 is disposed on the first insulating substrate 210, the thin film transistor (TFT) disposed on the first insulating substrate 210, the insulating film 280 formed on the upper surface of the thin film transistor (TFT), and the insulating film 280. A pixel electrode 290 is included. The thin film transistor (TFT) may include a gate electrode 220, a gate insulating film 240 covering the gate electrode 220, a semiconductor layer 250, ohmic contact layers 260 and 262, a source electrode 270, and a drain electrode 272.
The insulating film 280 can be formed using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention.
A contact hole 282 is formed in the insulating film 280 so that the drain electrode 272 of the thin film transistor (TFT) is exposed.
 上部表示板300は、第2絶縁基板310の一面の上に配置して、マトリックス状に配列された遮光部材320、第2絶縁基板310の上に配置するカラーフィルター330、及びカラーフィルター330の上に配置し、下部表示板200の画素電極290と対応して、液晶層400に電圧を印加する共通電極370を含む。 The upper display panel 300 is disposed on one surface of the second insulating substrate 310, the light shielding members 320 arranged in a matrix, the color filter 330 disposed on the second insulating substrate 310, and the color filter 330. And a common electrode 370 for applying a voltage to the liquid crystal layer 400 corresponding to the pixel electrode 290 of the lower display panel 200.
 図4に示す液晶表示装置において、第2絶縁基板310の他の一面には金属メッシュ410、及び、保護膜420を有する。 In the liquid crystal display device shown in FIG. 4, a metal mesh 410 and a protective film 420 are provided on the other surface of the second insulating substrate 310.
(有機EL表示装置)
 本発明の有機EL表示装置は、感光性樹脂組成物を用いて形成された機能性無機膜のパターンを具備することを特徴とする。すなわち、本発明のパターンの製造方法によって製造されたパターンを有することを特徴とする。
 本発明の有機EL表示装置としては、上記感光性樹脂組成物を用いて形成された機能性無機膜のパターンを有すること以外は特に制限されず、様々な構造をとる公知の各種有機EL表示装置や液晶表示装置を挙げることができる。
 例えば、本発明の有機EL表示装置が具備するTFT(Thin-Film Transistor)の具体例としては、アモルファスシリコン-TFT、低温ポリシリコン-TFT、酸化物半導体TFT等が挙げられる。本発明の硬化膜は電気特性に優れるため、これらのTFTに組み合わせて好ましく用いることができる。
 図1は、有機EL表示装置の一例の構成概念図である。ボトムエミッション型の有機EL表示装置における基板の模式的断面図を示している。
 ガラス基板6上にボトムゲート型のTFT1を形成し、このTFT1を覆う状態でSi34から成る絶縁膜3が形成されている。絶縁膜3に、ここでは図示を省略したコンタクトホールを形成した後、このコンタクトホールを介してTFT1に接続される配線2(高さ1.0μm)が絶縁膜3上に形成されている。配線2は、TFT1間または、後の工程で形成される有機EL素子とTFT1とを接続するためのものである。
 さらに、配線2の形成による凹凸を平坦化するために、配線2による凹凸を埋め込む状態で絶縁膜3上に平坦化膜4が形成されている。
 平坦化膜4上には、ボトムエミッション型の有機EL素子が形成されている。すなわち、平坦化膜4上に、ITOからなる第一電極5が、コンタクトホール7を介して配線2に接続させて形成されている。また、第一電極5は、有機EL素子の陽極に相当する。
 第一電極5の周縁を覆う形状の絶縁膜8が形成されており、この絶縁膜8を設けることによって、第一電極5とこの後の工程で形成する第二電極との間のショートを防止することができる。
 さらに、図1には図示していないが、所望のパターンマスクを介して、正孔輸送層、有機発光層、電子輸送層を順次蒸着して設け、次いで、基板上方の全面にAlから成る第二電極を形成し、封止用ガラス板と紫外線硬化型エポキシ樹脂を用いて貼り合わせることで封止し、各有機EL素子にこれを駆動するためのTFT1が接続されてなるアクティブマトリックス型の有機EL表示装置が得られる。
(Organic EL display device)
The organic EL display device of the present invention includes a functional inorganic film pattern formed using a photosensitive resin composition. That is, it has the pattern manufactured by the pattern manufacturing method of the present invention.
The organic EL display device of the present invention is not particularly limited except that it has a pattern of a functional inorganic film formed using the photosensitive resin composition, and various known organic EL display devices having various structures. And a liquid crystal display device.
For example, specific examples of TFT (Thin-Film Transistor) included in the organic EL display device of the present invention include amorphous silicon-TFT, low-temperature polysilicon-TFT, oxide semiconductor TFT, and the like. Since the cured film of the present invention is excellent in electrical characteristics, it can be preferably used in combination with these TFTs.
FIG. 1 is a conceptual diagram of an example of an organic EL display device. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a substrate in a bottom emission type organic EL display device.
A bottom gate type TFT 1 is formed on a glass substrate 6, and an insulating film 3 made of Si 3 N 4 is formed so as to cover the TFT 1. A contact hole (not shown) is formed in the insulating film 3, and then a wiring 2 (height: 1.0 μm) connected to the TFT 1 through the contact hole is formed on the insulating film 3. The wiring 2 is for connecting the TFT 1 with an organic EL element formed between the TFTs 1 or in a later process.
Further, in order to flatten the unevenness due to the formation of the wiring 2, the flattening film 4 is formed on the insulating film 3 with the unevenness due to the wiring 2 being embedded.
On the planarizing film 4, a bottom emission type organic EL element is formed. That is, the first electrode 5 made of ITO is formed on the planarizing film 4 so as to be connected to the wiring 2 through the contact hole 7. The first electrode 5 corresponds to the anode of the organic EL element.
An insulating film 8 having a shape covering the periphery of the first electrode 5 is formed. By providing the insulating film 8, a short circuit between the first electrode 5 and the second electrode formed in the subsequent process is prevented. can do.
Further, although not shown in FIG. 1, a hole transport layer, an organic light emitting layer, and an electron transport layer are sequentially deposited through a desired pattern mask, and then a first layer made of Al is formed on the entire surface above the substrate. An active matrix organic material in which two electrodes are formed and sealed by bonding using a sealing glass plate and an ultraviolet curable epoxy resin, and each organic EL element is connected to a TFT 1 for driving it. An EL display device is obtained.
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、画素の矩形性が良好であるため、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物を用いて形成されたレジストパターンをMEMSデバイスの隔壁などとして使用される。このようなMEMS用デバイスとしては、例えばSAWフィルター、BAWフィルター、ジャイロセンサー、ディスプレイ用マイクロシャッター、イメージセンサー、電子ペーパー、インクジェットヘッド、バイオチップ、封止剤等の部品が挙げられる。より具体的な例は、特表2007-522531号公報、特開2008-250200号公報、特開2009-263544号公報等に例示されている。 Since the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention has good pixel rectangularity, a resist pattern formed using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is used as a partition wall of a MEMS device. Examples of such MEMS devices include parts such as SAW filters, BAW filters, gyro sensors, display micro shutters, image sensors, electronic paper, inkjet heads, biochips, sealants, and the like. More specific examples are exemplified in JP-T-2007-522531, JP-A-2008-250200, JP-A-2009-263544, and the like.
 以下に実施例を挙げて本発明をさらに具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。従って、本発明の範囲は以下に示す具体例に限定されるものではない。 The present invention will be described more specifically with reference to the following examples. The materials, amounts used, ratios, processing details, processing procedures, and the like shown in the following examples can be changed as appropriate without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below.
 以下の合成例において、以下の符号はそれぞれ以下の化合物を表す。
 MAEVE:メタクリル酸1-エトキシエチル
 MATHF:メタクリル酸テトラヒドロ-2H-フラン-2-イル
 PHS:パラヒドロキシスチレン
 BzMA:(ベンジルメタクリレート)(和光純薬社製)
 MMA:メチルメタクリレート
 MAA:メタクリル酸(和光純薬工業社製)
 HEMA:ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート(和光純薬社製)
 PGMEA:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート
 V-65:2,2’-アゾビス(2,4-ジメチルバレロニトリル)(和光純薬工業製)
 V-601:ジメチル-2,2’-アゾビス(2-メチルプロピオネート)(和光純薬工業製)
 HMDS:ヘキサメチルジシラン
In the following synthesis examples, the following symbols represent the following compounds, respectively.
MAEVE: 1-ethoxyethyl methacrylate MATH: Tetrahydro-2H-furan-2-yl methacrylate PHS: parahydroxystyrene BzMA: (benzyl methacrylate) (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
MMA: Methyl methacrylate MAA: Methacrylic acid (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
HEMA: Hydroxyethyl methacrylate (Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
PGMEA: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate V-65: 2,2′-azobis (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries)
V-601: Dimethyl-2,2′-azobis (2-methylpropionate) (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries)
HMDS: Hexamethyldisilane
 (合成例1:A1-1の合成)
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂(VP-8000 日本曹達(株)社製)20gおよびプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)320gをフラスコ中で溶解し、減圧蒸留を行い、水とPGMEAを共沸留去した。含水が十分低くなったことを確認した後、エチルビニルエーテル24gおよびp-トルエンスルホン酸0.35gを加え、室温にて1時間撹拌した。そこへトリエチルアミンを0.28g加えて反応を止めた。反応液に酢酸エチルを添加、さらに水洗した後、減圧留去によって酢酸エチル、水、共沸分のPGMEAを留去し、酸分解性基で保護されたアルカリ可溶性樹脂であるA1-1を得た。得られた樹脂の重量平均分子量は20000であった。また、多分散度は、1.13であった。
 A1-1の構造は、p-ヒドロキシスチレンの1-エトキシエチルの保護体/p-ヒドロキシスチレン共重合体(30モル%/70モル%)である。
A1-1
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
(Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of A1-1)
20 g of alkali-soluble resin (VP-8000, manufactured by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd.) and 320 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) were dissolved in a flask and distilled under reduced pressure to distill off water and PGMEA azeotropically. After confirming that the water content was sufficiently low, 24 g of ethyl vinyl ether and 0.35 g of p-toluenesulfonic acid were added and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Thereto, 0.28 g of triethylamine was added to stop the reaction. Ethyl acetate was added to the reaction solution, followed by washing with water, and then ethyl acetate, water and azeotropic PGMEA were distilled off by distillation under reduced pressure to obtain A1-1, an alkali-soluble resin protected with an acid-decomposable group. It was. The weight average molecular weight of the obtained resin was 20000. The polydispersity was 1.13.
The structure of A1-1 is a 1-ethoxyethyl protector of p-hydroxystyrene / p-hydroxystyrene copolymer (30 mol% / 70 mol%).
A1-1
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
(合成例2:A1-2の合成)
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂(VP-8000 日本曹達(株)社製)15.6gおよびプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)100gをフラスコ中で溶解し、減圧蒸留を行い、水とPGMEAを共沸留去した。含水が十分低くなったことを確認した後、2,3-ジヒドロフラン2.7gおよびp-トルエンスルホン酸0.015gを加え、室温にて2時間撹拌した。そこへトリエチルアミンを0.090g加えて反応を止めた。反応液に酢酸エチルを添加、さらに水洗した後、減圧留去によって酢酸エチル、水を留去し、保護率25モル%の可溶性樹脂であるA1-2を得た。得られた樹脂の重量平均分子量は12,000であった。また、多分散度は、1.13であった。
 A1-2の構造は、p-ヒドロキシスチレンの2-テトラヒドロフラニルの保護体/p-ヒドロキシスチレン共重合体(30モル%/70モル%)である。
A1-2
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
(Synthesis Example 2: Synthesis of A1-2)
15.6 g of alkali-soluble resin (VP-8000 manufactured by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd.) and 100 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) were dissolved in a flask and distilled under reduced pressure, and water and PGMEA were distilled off azeotropically. After confirming that the water content was sufficiently low, 2.7 g of 2,3-dihydrofuran and 0.015 g of p-toluenesulfonic acid were added and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Thereto was added 0.090 g of triethylamine to stop the reaction. Ethyl acetate was added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was further washed with water. Then, ethyl acetate and water were distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain A1-2, a soluble resin having a protection rate of 25 mol%. The weight average molecular weight of the obtained resin was 12,000. The polydispersity was 1.13.
The structure of A1-2 is a 2-tetrahydrofuranyl protector of p-hydroxystyrene / p-hydroxystyrene copolymer (30 mol% / 70 mol%).
A1-2
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
<A2-1の合成>
 共重合体であるA2-1を以下のごとく合成した。
 エチルビニルエーテル144.2部(2モル当量)にフェノチアジン0.5部を添加し、反応系中を10℃以下に冷却しながらメタクリル酸86.1部(1モル当量)を滴下後、室温(25℃)で4時間撹拌した。p-トルエンスルホン酸ピリジニウム5.0部を添加後、室温で2時間撹拌し、一夜室温放置した。反応液に炭酸水素ナトリウム5部および硫酸ナトリウム5部を添加し、室温で1時間撹拌し、不溶物を濾過後40℃以下で減圧濃縮し、残渣の黄色油状物を減圧蒸留して沸点(bp.)43~45℃/7mmHg留分のメタクリル酸1-エトキシエチル(MAEVE)134.0部を無色油状物として得た。
 得られたメタクリル酸1-エトキシエチル(63.28部(0.4モル当量))、BzMA(52.83部(0.3モル当量))、MAA(8.61部(0.1モル当量))、HEMA(26.03部(0.2モル当量))およびPGMEA(110.8部)の混合溶液を窒素気流下、70℃に加熱した。この混合溶液を撹拌しながら、ラジカル重合開始剤V-65(商品名、和光純薬工業(株)製、4部)およびPGMEA(100.0部)の混合溶液を2.5時間かけて滴下した。滴下が終了してから、70℃で4時間反応させることにより、重合体のEDM溶液(固形分濃度:40%)を得た。
 得られたA2-1のゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)により測定した重量平均分子量は、15,000であった。
A2-1
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
<Synthesis of A2-1>
A2-1 copolymer was synthesized as follows.
To 144.2 parts (2 molar equivalents) of ethyl vinyl ether, 0.5 part of phenothiazine was added, and 86.1 parts (1 molar equivalent) of methacrylic acid was added dropwise while cooling the reaction system to 10 ° C. or lower. ) For 4 hours. After adding 5.0 parts of pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and allowed to stand overnight at room temperature. To the reaction solution, 5 parts of sodium bicarbonate and 5 parts of sodium sulfate were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Insoluble matter was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure at 40 ° C. or lower. .) 134.0 parts of 1-ethoxyethyl methacrylate (MAEVE) fraction of 43-45 ° C./7 mmHg was obtained as a colorless oil.
1-Ethoxyethyl methacrylate (63.28 parts (0.4 molar equivalent)), BzMA (52.83 parts (0.3 molar equivalent)), MAA (8.61 parts (0.1 molar equivalent) )), HEMA (26.03 parts (0.2 molar equivalent)) and PGMEA (110.8 parts) were heated to 70 ° C. under a nitrogen stream. While stirring this mixed solution, a mixed solution of radical polymerization initiator V-65 (trade name, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd., 4 parts) and PGMEA (100.0 parts) was added dropwise over 2.5 hours. did. After completion of the dropping, the reaction was carried out at 70 ° C. for 4 hours to obtain an EDM solution of polymer (solid content concentration: 40%).
The weight average molecular weight of the obtained A2-1 measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) was 15,000.
A2-1
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
(MATHFの合成)
 メタクリル酸(86g、1mol)を15℃に冷却しておき、カンファースルホン酸(4.6g,0.02mol)添加した。その溶液に、2-ジヒドロフラン(71g、1mol、1.0当量)を滴下した。1時間撹拌した後に、飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム(500mL)を加え、酢酸エチル(500mL)で抽出し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、不溶物を濾過後40℃以下で減圧濃縮し、残渣の黄色油状物を減圧蒸留して沸点(bp.)54~56℃/3.5mmHg留分のメタクリル酸テトラヒドロ-2H-フラン-2-イル(MATHF)125gを無色油状物として得た(収率80%)。
(Synthesis of MATHF)
Methacrylic acid (86 g, 1 mol) was cooled to 15 ° C., and camphorsulfonic acid (4.6 g, 0.02 mol) was added. To the solution, 2-dihydrofuran (71 g, 1 mol, 1.0 equivalent) was added dropwise. After stirring for 1 hour, saturated sodium bicarbonate (500 mL) was added, extracted with ethyl acetate (500 mL), dried over magnesium sulfate, insolubles were filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure at 40 ° C. or lower to give a residual yellow oily product. Distillation under reduced pressure afforded 125 g of tetrahydro-2H-furan-2-yl methacrylate (MATHF) as a colorless oily substance (yield 80%) at a boiling point (bp.) Of 54 to 56 ° C./3.5 mmHg.
<他の重合体の合成>
 使用した各モノマーおよびその使用量を、下記表に記載のものに変更した以外は、重合体A2-1の合成と同様にして、他の共重合体を合成した。表中、単位はモル比である。
<Synthesis of other polymers>
Other copolymers were synthesized in the same manner as the synthesis of the polymer A2-1 except that the monomers used and the amounts used were changed to those shown in the following table. In the table, the unit is a molar ratio.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000047
(感光性樹脂組成物の調製)
 下記表に示す組成となるように、各成分を溶剤(PGMEA)に固形分濃度がスピン塗布用は18質量%に、スリット塗布用は12質量%となるように、溶解混合し、口径0.2μmのポリテトラフルオロエチレン製フィルターで濾過して、実施例および比較例の感光性樹脂組成物を得た。尚、配合比は下記表のとおりとした。ここで、(A)重合体成分は、重合体1と重合体2配合割合(単位:質量%)を示し、(B)~(E)および(L)成分は、上記(A)重合体成分100質量部に対する量(質量部)で示している。
(Preparation of photosensitive resin composition)
Each component was dissolved and mixed in a solvent (PGMEA) so as to have the composition shown in the following table so that the solid concentration was 18% by mass for spin coating and 12% by mass for slit coating. It filtered with the filter made from a 2 micrometer polytetrafluoroethylene, and obtained the photosensitive resin composition of an Example and a comparative example. The blending ratio was as shown in the following table. Here, (A) the polymer component indicates the blending ratio of polymer 1 and polymer 2 (unit: mass%), and the components (B) to (E) and (L) are the above (A) polymer component The amount (parts by mass) relative to 100 parts by mass is shown.
(光酸発生剤)
B1:下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
B2:下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
<B2の合成>
 2-ナフトール(10g)、クロロベンゼン(30mL)の懸濁溶液に塩化アルミニウム(10.6g)、2-クロロプロピオニルクロリド(10.1g)を添加し、混合液を40℃に加熱して2時間反応させた。氷冷下、反応液に4NHCl水溶液(60mL)を滴下し、酢酸エチル(50mL)を添加して分液した。有機層に炭酸カリウム(19.2g)を加え、40℃で1時間反応させた後、2NHCl水溶液(60mL)を添加して分液し、有機層を濃縮後、結晶をジイソプロピルエーテル(10mL)でリスラリーし、ろ過、乾燥してケトン化合物(6.5g)を得た。
 得られたケトン化合物(3.0g)、メタノール(30mL)の懸濁溶液に酢酸(7.3g)、50質量%ヒドロキシルアミン水溶液(8.0g)を添加し、加熱還流した。放冷後、水(50mL)を加え、析出した結晶をろ過、冷メタノール洗浄後、乾燥してオキシム化合物(2.4g)を得た。
 得られたオキシム化合物(1.8g)をアセトン(20mL)に溶解させ、氷冷下トリエチルアミン(1.5g)、p-トルエンスルホニルクロリド(2.4g)を添加し、室温に昇温して1時間反応させた。反応液に水(50mL)を添加し、析出した結晶をろ過後、メタノール(20mL)でリスラリーし、ろ過、乾燥してB2の化合物(上述の構造)(2.3g)を得た。
 なお、B2の1H-NMRスペクトル(300MHz、CDCl3)は、δ=8.3(d,1H),8.0(d,2H),7.9(d,1H),7.8(d,1H),7.6(dd,1H),7.4(dd,1H)7.3(d,2H),7.1(d.1H),5.6(q,1H),2.4(s,3H),1.7(d,3H)であった。
(Photoacid generator)
B1: Compound having the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
B2: Compound having the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
<Synthesis of B2>
Aluminum chloride (10.6 g) and 2-chloropropionyl chloride (10.1 g) were added to a suspension of 2-naphthol (10 g) and chlorobenzene (30 mL), and the mixture was heated to 40 ° C. for 2 hours. I let you. Under ice-cooling, 4N HCl aqueous solution (60 mL) was added dropwise to the reaction solution, and ethyl acetate (50 mL) was added for liquid separation. Potassium carbonate (19.2 g) was added to the organic layer, reacted at 40 ° C. for 1 hour, 2N HCl aqueous solution (60 mL) was added and separated, and the organic layer was concentrated, and the crystals were diluted with diisopropyl ether (10 mL). The slurry was reslurried, filtered and dried to obtain a ketone compound (6.5 g).
Acetic acid (7.3 g) and a 50 mass% aqueous hydroxylamine solution (8.0 g) were added to a suspension of the obtained ketone compound (3.0 g) and methanol (30 mL), and the mixture was heated to reflux. After allowing to cool, water (50 mL) was added, and the precipitated crystals were filtered, washed with cold methanol, and dried to obtain an oxime compound (2.4 g).
The obtained oxime compound (1.8 g) was dissolved in acetone (20 mL), triethylamine (1.5 g) and p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (2.4 g) were added under ice cooling, and the temperature was raised to room temperature. Reacted for hours. Water (50 mL) was added to the reaction solution, and the precipitated crystals were filtered, then reslurried with methanol (20 mL), filtered and dried to obtain the B2 compound (the above structure) (2.3 g).
The 1 H-NMR spectrum (300 MHz, CDCl 3) of B2 is δ = 8.3 (d, 1H), 8.0 (d, 2H), 7.9 (d, 1H), 7.8 (d , 1H), 7.6 (dd, 1H), 7.4 (dd, 1H) 7.3 (d, 2H), 7.1 (d.1H), 5.6 (q, 1H), 2. 4 (s, 3H), 1.7 (d, 3H).
(脂環式エポキシ化合物)
C1~C4:下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
(Alicyclic epoxy compound)
C1 to C4: Compounds having the following structures
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
(塩基性化合物)
D1~D2:下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
D2:1,5-ジアザビシクロ[4,3,0]-5-ノネン(東京化成工業(株)製)
(Basic compound)
D1 to D2: Compounds having the following structures
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
D2: 1,5-diazabicyclo [4,3,0] -5-nonene (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
(アゾール化合物)
E-1:2-メルカプトベンゾイミダゾール(下記構造)
E-5:2-メルカプトチアゾリン(下記構造)
E-7:3-アミノ-5-メルカプトトリアゾール(下記構造)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
(Azole compound)
E-1: 2-Mercaptobenzimidazole (the following structure)
E-5: 2-mercaptothiazoline (the following structure)
E-7: 3-amino-5-mercaptotriazole (the following structure)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
(架橋剤):脂環式ではないエポキシ化合物
F1:JER157S65((株)三菱ケミカルホールディングス製)
F2:デナコールEX-321L(ナガセケムテックス(株)製)
(Crosslinking agent): Non-alicyclic epoxy compound F1: JER157S65 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Holdings Corporation)
F2: Denacor EX-321L (manufactured by Nagase ChemteX Corporation)
(増感剤)
G1~G7:下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
(Sensitizer)
G1 to G7: Compounds having the following structures
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
(現像促進剤)
L1~L4:下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
(Development accelerator)
L1 to L4: Compounds having the following structures
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000058
 以上により得られた各実施例、各比較例の感光性樹脂組成物について、以下に示す各評価を行った。 Each evaluation shown below was performed about the photosensitive resin composition of each Example and each comparative example obtained by the above.
<線幅安定性の評価>
 各感光性樹脂組成物を、洗浄、HMDS処理した550mm×650mmガラス基板上にスピン塗布し、ホットプレート上でプリベーク(95℃×140秒)した後、キヤノン(株)製 MPA 5500CF(超高圧水銀ランプ)を用いて、所定のマスクを介して10μmのラインアンドスペースパターンがちょうど10μmとなる露光量にて露光した。その後、アルカリ水溶液にて現像して、かかるラインアンドスペースパターン付き基板を10枚準備し、基板1枚ごとに10点、光学式計測器ZYGO New View7200(ZYGO corp.製)にて、10μmのライン幅を測定し、計100点の実測線幅の標準偏差(σ)を計算した。評価基準は下記の通りであり、3以上が実用レベルである。
1:標準偏差σが0.4μm以上
2:標準偏差σが0.25μm以上、0.4μm未満
3:標準偏差σが0.15μm以上、0.25μm未満
4:標準偏差σが0.1μm以上、0.15μm未満
5:標準偏差σが0.1μm未満
<Evaluation of line width stability>
Each photosensitive resin composition was spin-coated on a cleaned and HMDS-treated 550 mm × 650 mm glass substrate, prebaked on a hot plate (95 ° C. × 140 seconds), and then MPA 5500CF (extra-high pressure mercury manufactured by Canon Inc.) And a 10 μm line-and-space pattern was exposed at an exposure amount of exactly 10 μm through a predetermined mask. Thereafter, development is performed with an alkaline aqueous solution to prepare 10 substrates with such a line-and-space pattern, 10 points for each substrate, 10 μm line using an optical measuring instrument ZYGO New View 7200 (manufactured by ZYGO Corp.). The width was measured, and the standard deviation (σ) of the total measured line width of 100 points was calculated. The evaluation criteria are as follows, and 3 or more are practical levels.
1: Standard deviation σ is 0.4 μm or more 2: Standard deviation σ is 0.25 μm or more and less than 0.4 μm 3: Standard deviation σ is 0.15 μm or more and less than 0.25 μm 4: Standard deviation σ is 0.1 μm or more , Less than 0.15 μm 5: standard deviation σ is less than 0.1 μm
<感度の評価>
 洗浄、HMDS処理したガラス基板(コーニング1737、0.7mm厚(コーニング社製))上に、各感光性樹脂組成物をスリット塗布した後、95℃/140秒ホットプレート上でプリベークして溶剤を揮発させ、膜厚1.3μmの感光性樹脂組成物層を形成した。
 次に、得られた感光性樹脂組成物層を、キヤノン(株)製 MPA 5500CF(超高圧水銀ランプ)を用いて、所定のマスクを介して露光した。そして、露光後の感光性樹脂組成物層を、アルカリ現像液(0.4質量%のテトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド水溶液)で23℃/60秒間現像した後、超純水で20秒リンスした。
 これらの操作により10μmのラインアンドスペースパターンがちょうど10μmとなる露光量を最適露光量として感度を評価した。3以上が実用レベルである。
1:50mJ/cm2以上の露光量を必要
2:20mJ/cm2以上50mJ/cm2未満の露光量が必要
3:15mJ/cm2以上20mJ/cm2未満の露光量が必要
4:10mJ/cm2以上15mJ/cm2未満の露光量
5:10mJ/cm2未満の露光量
<Evaluation of sensitivity>
Each photosensitive resin composition is slit-coated on a cleaned, HMDS-treated glass substrate (Corning 1737, 0.7 mm thick (manufactured by Corning)), and then pre-baked on a hot plate at 95 ° C. for 140 seconds to remove the solvent. The photosensitive resin composition layer having a film thickness of 1.3 μm was formed by volatilization.
Next, the obtained photosensitive resin composition layer was exposed through a predetermined mask using MPA 5500CF (extra high pressure mercury lamp) manufactured by Canon Inc. The exposed photosensitive resin composition layer was developed with an alkali developer (0.4 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution) at 23 ° C./60 seconds, and then rinsed with ultrapure water for 20 seconds.
The sensitivity was evaluated with the exposure amount at which the 10 μm line-and-space pattern was exactly 10 μm by these operations as the optimum exposure amount. Three or more are practical levels.
1: 50mJ / cm 2 or more exposure quantity required 2: 20mJ / cm 2 or more 50 mJ / cm 2 less than the exposure amount required 3: 15mJ / cm 2 or more 20 mJ / cm 2 less than the exposure amount required 4: 10 mJ / cm 2 or more 15 mJ / cm 2 less than the exposure amount 5: 10 mJ / cm 2 less than the exposure
<剥離性の評価>
 感度の評価と同様に作製したラインアンドスペースパターン付き基板を140℃3分ホットプレートで加熱ポストベークした後、40℃に加温したレジスト剥離液N321(ナガセケムテックス社製)に浸漬し、一定時間後にレジストパターンが剥離されている様子を確認することで剥離性テストを実施し、以下の基準で評価した。
1:10分浸漬後に残膜が確認できる。
2:5分浸漬後に残膜が確認できるが10分浸漬後には残膜が確認できない。
3:3分浸漬後に残膜が確認できるが5分浸漬後には残膜が確認できない。
4:2分浸漬後に残膜が確認できるが3分浸漬後には残膜が確認できない。
5:2分浸漬後に残膜が確認できない。
<Evaluation of peelability>
A substrate with a line and space pattern prepared in the same manner as the sensitivity evaluation was post-baked on a hot plate at 140 ° C. for 3 minutes, and then immersed in a resist stripping solution N321 (manufactured by Nagase ChemteX) heated to 40 ° C. A peelability test was performed by confirming that the resist pattern was peeled after time, and evaluated according to the following criteria.
1: A remaining film can be confirmed after immersion for 10 minutes.
2: The remaining film can be confirmed after immersion for 5 minutes, but the remaining film cannot be confirmed after immersion for 10 minutes.
3: A residual film can be confirmed after immersion for 3 minutes, but a residual film cannot be confirmed after immersion for 5 minutes.
4: A residual film can be confirmed after 2 minutes of immersion, but no residual film can be confirmed after 3 minutes of immersion.
5: No remaining film can be confirmed after immersion for 2 minutes.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000059

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000062
 上記表に示されるように、各実施例の感光性樹脂組成物は、各比較例の感光性樹脂組成物との対比において、感度、線幅安定性、および剥離性のいずれかの評価についても優れた結果が得られたことがわかった。
 脂環式エポキシ化合物を含有しない場合(比較例1)、線幅安定性が著しく劣ることが分かった。
 脂環式エポキシ化合物の含有量が5質量%を超える場合(比較例2、3)、剥離性および感度が実施例よりも著しく劣ることが分かった。
 また、一般式(1)で表される構成単位(a1)を有する重合体を含有しない場合(比較例4~8)と、剥離性が実施例よりも著しく劣ることが分かる。
 さらに、エポキシ化合物として、脂環式エポキシ化合物以外を用いた場合(比較例9、10)、線幅安定性が顕著に劣っていた。
As shown in the table above, the photosensitive resin composition of each example was evaluated for any of sensitivity, line width stability, and peelability in comparison with the photosensitive resin composition of each comparative example. It was found that excellent results were obtained.
When no alicyclic epoxy compound was contained (Comparative Example 1), it was found that the line width stability was remarkably inferior.
When content of an alicyclic epoxy compound exceeded 5 mass% (comparative examples 2 and 3), it turned out that peelability and a sensitivity are remarkably inferior to an Example.
It can also be seen that the peelability is significantly inferior to that of the examples when the polymer having the structural unit (a1) represented by the general formula (1) is not contained (Comparative Examples 4 to 8).
Further, when an epoxy compound other than the alicyclic epoxy compound was used (Comparative Examples 9 and 10), the line width stability was significantly inferior.
(実施例101)
<有機EL表示装置>
 ITOパターンを具備する有機EL表示装置を以下の方法で作製した(図1参照)。
 ガラス基板6上にボトムゲート型のTFT1を形成し、このTFT1を覆う状態でSi34からなる絶縁膜3を形成した。次に、この絶縁膜3に、ここでは図示を省略したコンタクトホールを形成した後、このコンタクトホールを介してTFT1に接続される配線2(高さ1.0μm)を絶縁膜3上に形成した。この配線2は、TFT1間または、後の工程で形成される有機EL素子とTFT1とを接続するためのものである。
(Example 101)
<Organic EL display device>
An organic EL display device having an ITO pattern was produced by the following method (see FIG. 1).
A bottom gate type TFT 1 was formed on a glass substrate 6, and an insulating film 3 made of Si 3 N 4 was formed so as to cover the TFT 1. Next, a contact hole (not shown) is formed in the insulating film 3, and then a wiring 2 (height 1.0 μm) connected to the TFT 1 through the contact hole is formed on the insulating film 3. . The wiring 2 is used to connect the TFT 1 with an organic EL element formed between TFTs 1 or in a later process.
 さらに、配線2の形成による凹凸を平坦化するために、配線2による凹凸を埋め込む状態で絶縁膜3上へ平坦化膜4を形成した。絶縁膜3上への平坦化膜4の形成は、特開2009-98616号公報の実施例1に記載の感光性樹脂組成物を基板上にスピン塗布し、ホットプレート上でプリベーク(90℃×2分)した後、マスク上から高圧水銀灯を用いてi線(365nm)を45mJ/cm2(照度20mW/cm2)照射した後、アルカリ水溶液にて現像してパターンを形成し、230℃で60分間の加熱処理を行った。
 感光性樹脂組成物を塗布する際の塗布性は良好で、露光、現像、焼成の後に得られた硬化膜には、しわやクラックの発生は認められなかった。さらに、配線2の平均段差は500nm、作製した平坦化膜4の膜厚は2,000nmであった。
Further, in order to flatten the unevenness due to the formation of the wiring 2, the planarizing film 4 was formed on the insulating film 3 in a state where the unevenness due to the wiring 2 was embedded. The planarization film 4 is formed on the insulating film 3 by spin-coating the photosensitive resin composition described in Example 1 of JP-A-2009-98616 on a substrate and pre-baking (90 ° C. × 90 ° C.) on a hot plate. 2 minutes), after irradiating 45 mJ / cm 2 (illuminance 20 mW / cm 2 ) with i-line (365 nm) using a high-pressure mercury lamp from above the mask, developing with an alkaline aqueous solution to form a pattern at 230 ° C. A heat treatment for 60 minutes was performed.
The applicability when applying the photosensitive resin composition was good, and no wrinkles or cracks were observed in the cured film obtained after exposure, development and baking. Furthermore, the average step of the wiring 2 was 500 nm, and the thickness of the prepared planarizing film 4 was 2,000 nm.
 次に、得られた平坦化膜4上に、ボトムエミッション型の有機EL素子を形成した。まず、平坦化膜4上に、ITOからなる第一電極5を、コンタクトホール7を介して配線2に接続させて形成した。その後、実施例1の感光性樹脂組成物をITO基板上にスピン塗布し、ホットプレート上でプリベーク(90℃×2分)した後、マスク上から高圧水銀灯を用いてi線(365nm)を20mJ/cm2(照度20mW/cm2)照射した後、アルカリ水溶液にて現像してパターンを形成した。その後、エッチング工程前に140℃で3分間のポストベーク加熱処理を行った。このレジストパターンをマスクとして、ITOエッチャント(3%シュウ酸水溶液)に40℃/1min浸漬させることで、ウエットエッチングによりITOのパターン加工を行った。その後、レジスト剥離液(MS2001、富士フイルムエレクトロ二クスマテリアルズ社製)に70℃/7min浸漬させて上記レジストパターンを剥離した。こうして得られた第一電極5は、有機EL素子の陽極に相当する。 Next, a bottom emission type organic EL element was formed on the obtained planarization film 4. First, a first electrode 5 made of ITO was formed on the planarizing film 4 so as to be connected to the wiring 2 through the contact hole 7. Thereafter, the photosensitive resin composition of Example 1 was spin-coated on an ITO substrate, pre-baked on a hot plate (90 ° C. × 2 minutes), and then i-line (365 nm) was 20 mJ from above the mask using a high-pressure mercury lamp. After irradiation with / cm 2 (illuminance 20 mW / cm 2 ), the pattern was formed by developing with an alkaline aqueous solution. Then, the post-baking heat processing for 3 minutes were performed at 140 degreeC before the etching process. Using this resist pattern as a mask, ITO was patterned by wet etching by dipping in an ITO etchant (3% aqueous oxalic acid solution) at 40 ° C./1 min. Thereafter, the resist pattern was peeled off by being immersed in a resist stripping solution (MS2001, manufactured by Fuji Film Electronics Materials Co., Ltd.) at 70 ° C. for 7 minutes. The first electrode 5 thus obtained corresponds to the anode of the organic EL element.
 次に、第一電極5の周縁を覆う形状の絶縁膜8を形成した。絶縁膜8には、特開2009-98616号公報の実施例1に記載の感光性樹脂組成物を用い、上記と同様の方法で絶縁膜8を形成した。この絶縁膜8を設けることによって、第一電極5とこの後の工程で形成する第二電極との間のショートを防止することができる。 Next, an insulating film 8 having a shape covering the periphery of the first electrode 5 was formed. As the insulating film 8, the photosensitive resin composition described in Example 1 of JP2009-98616A was used, and the insulating film 8 was formed by the same method as described above. By providing this insulating film 8, it is possible to prevent a short circuit between the first electrode 5 and the second electrode formed in the subsequent process.
 さらに、真空蒸着装置内で所望のパターンマスクを介して、正孔輸送層、有機発光層、電子輸送層を順次蒸着して設けた。次いで、基板上方の全面にAlから成る第二電極を形成した。得られた上記基板を蒸着機から取り出し、封止用ガラス板と紫外線硬化型エポキシ樹脂を用いて貼り合わせることで封止した。 Further, a hole transport layer, an organic light emitting layer, and an electron transport layer were sequentially deposited through a desired pattern mask in a vacuum deposition apparatus. Next, a second electrode made of Al was formed on the entire surface above the substrate. The obtained board | substrate was taken out from the vapor deposition machine, and it sealed by bonding together using the glass plate for sealing, and an ultraviolet curable epoxy resin.
 以上のようにして、各有機EL素子にこれを駆動するためのTFT1が接続してなるアクティブマトリックス型のITOパターンを具備する有機EL表示装置が得られた。駆動回路を介して電圧を印加したところ、良好な表示特性を示し、信頼性の高い有機EL表示装置であることが分かった。 As described above, an organic EL display device having an active matrix type ITO pattern formed by connecting each organic EL element to TFT 1 for driving the organic EL element was obtained. When a voltage was applied via the drive circuit, it was found that the organic EL display device showed good display characteristics and high reliability.
(実施例102)
<液晶表示装置>
 ITOパターンを具備する液晶表示装置を以下の方法で作製した。
 特許第3321003号公報の図1に記載のアクティブマトリクス型液晶表示装置において、画素電極4を実施例1の感光性樹脂組成物をマスクとして用い形成し、実施例102の液晶表示装置を得た。
 すなわち、上記実施例101における有機EL表示装置の第一電極5の形成方法と同様の方法で、画素電極4を形成した。
(Example 102)
<Liquid crystal display device>
A liquid crystal display device having an ITO pattern was produced by the following method.
In the active matrix type liquid crystal display device shown in FIG. 1 of Japanese Patent No. 332003, the pixel electrode 4 was formed using the photosensitive resin composition of Example 1 as a mask to obtain the liquid crystal display device of Example 102.
That is, the pixel electrode 4 was formed by the same method as the method for forming the first electrode 5 of the organic EL display device in Example 101.
 得られたITOパターンを具備する液晶表示装置に対して、駆動電圧を印加したところ、良好な表示特性を示し、信頼性の高い液晶表示装置であることが分かった。 When a drive voltage was applied to the obtained liquid crystal display device having the ITO pattern, it was found that the liquid crystal display device showed good display characteristics and high reliability.
 1:TFT(薄膜トランジスタ)
 2:配線
 3:絶縁膜
 4:平坦化膜
 5:第一電極
 6:ガラス基板
 7:コンタクトホール
 8:絶縁膜
 10:液晶表示装置
 12:バックライトユニット
 14、15:ガラス基板
 16:TFT
 17:硬化膜
 18:コンタクトホール
 19:ITO透明電極
 20:液晶
 22:カラーフィルター
 30:ハーフトーンマスク
 32:透明基材
 31:位相シフタ部(位相変更膜)
 33、34、35:露光強度曲線
 s:透過部
 k:露光部(基板)
 33:光強度分布
 34:光振幅分布(正位相)
 35:光振幅分布(逆位相)
 200:下部表示板
 210:絶縁基板
 220:ゲート電極
 240:ゲート絶縁膜
 250:半導体層
 260:オーミックコンタクト層
 270:ソース電極
 272:ドレイン電極
 280:絶縁膜
 282:コンタクトホール
 290:画素電極
 300:上部表示板
 310:絶縁基板
 320:遮光部材
 330:カラーフィルタ
 370:共通電極
 400:液晶層
 410:金属メッシュ
 420:保護膜
 440:TFT(薄膜トランジスタ)
1: TFT (Thin Film Transistor)
2: Wiring 3: Insulating film 4: Flattened film 5: First electrode 6: Glass substrate 7: Contact hole 8: Insulating film 10: Liquid crystal display device 12: Backlight unit 14, 15: Glass substrate 16: TFT
17: Cured film 18: Contact hole 19: ITO transparent electrode 20: Liquid crystal 22: Color filter 30: Halftone mask 32: Transparent base material 31: Phase shifter part (phase change film)
33, 34, 35: Exposure intensity curve s: Transmission part k: Exposure part (substrate)
33: Light intensity distribution 34: Light amplitude distribution (positive phase)
35: Light amplitude distribution (antiphase)
200: lower display panel 210: insulating substrate 220: gate electrode 240: gate insulating film 250: semiconductor layer 260: ohmic contact layer 270: source electrode 272: drain electrode 280: insulating film 282: contact hole 290: pixel electrode 300: upper part Display board 310: Insulating substrate 320: Light shielding member 330: Color filter 370: Common electrode 400: Liquid crystal layer 410: Metal mesh 420: Protective film 440: TFT (thin film transistor)

Claims (17)

  1. (A1)下記一般式(1)で表される構成単位(a1)を含む重合体、(B)365nmの波長の光におけるモル吸光係数が500以上の光酸発生剤、および(C)脂環式エポキシ化合物を全固形分量に対して0.01~5質量%含む感光性樹脂組成物;
     一般式(1)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    一般式(1)中、R1およびR2はそれぞれ独立に水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、R1およびR2の少なくとも一方がアルキル基またはアリール基であり、R3はアルキル基またはアリール基を表し、R1またはR2と、R3とが連結して環状エーテルを形成してもよく、R4は水素原子またはメチル基を表す。
    (A1) a polymer containing the structural unit (a1) represented by the following general formula (1), (B) a photoacid generator having a molar extinction coefficient of 500 or more in light having a wavelength of 365 nm, and (C) an alicyclic ring A photosensitive resin composition containing 0.01 to 5% by mass of an epoxy compound of the formula with respect to the total solid content;
    General formula (1)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    In general formula (1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, at least one of R 1 and R 2 is an alkyl group or an aryl group, and R 3 is an alkyl group or Represents an aryl group, and R 1 or R 2 and R 3 may be linked to form a cyclic ether, and R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  2. (C)脂環式エポキシ化合物が、下記一般式(I)で表される化合物である、請求項1に記載の感光性樹脂組成物;
    一般式(I)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    一般式(I)中、nは1~4の整数を表す;Rは炭素数1~15の有機基を表す。
    (C) The photosensitive resin composition of Claim 1 whose alicyclic epoxy compound is a compound represented by the following general formula (I);
    Formula (I)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    In the general formula (I), n represents an integer of 1 to 4; R represents an organic group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
  3. 一般式(I)中のRが、炭化水素基、または、炭化水素基と、シリル基、-O-、-CO-、-S-および-NR1-の少なくとも1つの組み合わせからなる基である、請求項2に記載の感光性樹脂組成物;ただし、R1は、水素原子または炭素数1~7のアルキル基を表す。 R in the general formula (I) is a hydrocarbon group or a group consisting of a hydrocarbon group and at least one combination of a silyl group, —O—, —CO—, —S— and —NR 1 —. The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 2, wherein R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  4. (C)脂環式エポキシ化合物が、下記一般式(II)で表される化合物である、請求項1に記載の感光性樹脂組成物;
    一般式(II)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    一般式(II)中、R2は炭素数1~15の有機基を表す。
    (C) The photosensitive resin composition of Claim 1 whose alicyclic epoxy compound is a compound represented by the following general formula (II);
    Formula (II)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    In the general formula (II), R 2 represents an organic group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
  5. (C)脂環式エポキシ化合物が、下記一般式(III)で表される化合物である、請求項1に記載の感光性樹脂組成物;
    一般式(III)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    一般式(III)中、R3は炭素数1~14の有機基を表す。
    (C) The photosensitive resin composition of Claim 1 whose alicyclic epoxy compound is a compound represented by the following general formula (III);
    Formula (III)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    In general formula (III), R 3 represents an organic group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms.
  6. (A1)重合体が、さらに、下記一般式(5)で表される構成単位(a4)を含む、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の感光性樹脂組成物;
    一般式(5)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    一般式(5)中、R4は水素原子またはメチル基である。
    (A1) The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the polymer further comprises a structural unit (a4) represented by the following general formula (5);
    General formula (5)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    In general formula (5), R 4 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  7. さらに、下記一般式(2)で表される構成単位(a2)を有する(A2)重合体を含む、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の感光性樹脂組成物;
    一般式(2)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    一般式(2)中、R1およびR2はそれぞれ独立に水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、少なくともR1およびR2のいずれか一方がアルキル基またはアリール基であり、R3はアルキル基またはアリール基を表し、R1またはR2と、R3とが連結して環状エーテルを形成してもよく、R4は水素原子またはメチル基を表し、X0は単結合またはアリーレン基を表す。
    The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, further comprising a polymer (A2) having a structural unit (a2) represented by the following general formula (2):
    General formula (2)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    In general formula (2), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, at least one of R 1 and R 2 is an alkyl group or an aryl group, and R 3 is an alkyl group R 1 or R 2 and R 3 may be linked to form a cyclic ether, R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and X 0 represents a single bond or an arylene group. To express.
  8. (C)脂環式エポキシ化合物の含有量が、全固形分量に対して0.05~3質量%である、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the content of (C) the alicyclic epoxy compound is 0.05 to 3 mass% with respect to the total solid content.
  9. さらに、(D)塩基性化合物を含む、請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1, further comprising (D) a basic compound.
  10. (D)塩基性化合物が、下記一般式(4)で表される化合物である、請求項9に記載の感光性樹脂組成物;
    一般式(4)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
    一般式(4)中、R1は窒素原子を少なくとも1つ以上含む基を表し、Aは2価の連結基を表し、R2は有機基を表す。
    (D) The photosensitive resin composition of Claim 9 whose basic compound is a compound represented by following General formula (4);
    General formula (4)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
    In general formula (4), R 1 represents a group containing at least one nitrogen atom, A represents a divalent linking group, and R 2 represents an organic group.
  11. さらに、(E)アゾール化合物を含む、請求項1~10のいずれか1項に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10, further comprising (E) an azole compound.
  12. (E)アゾール化合物が下記一般式(X1)~(X5)から選ばれる1種以上である、請求項11に記載の感光性樹脂組成物:
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
     式中、Xは、CRx1X2、NRx3、O、または、Sを表し、
     YおよびZは、それぞれ独立に、CRx4、または、Nを表し、
     R1、R2、RX1、RX2、RX3およびRX4は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、メルカプト基、アミノ基またはアルキル基を表し、
     R4は、アルキル基、メルカプト基、アミノ基、アルコキシ基、又はアラルキル基を表し、
     mは0~4の整数を表し、mが2以上の場合は、R4はそれぞれ同じでも異なっていてもよく、
     X、YおよびZの少なくとも1つは、NRx3またはNを表す。
    The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 11, wherein the (E) azole compound is one or more selected from the following general formulas (X1) to (X5):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
    In the formula, X represents CR x1 R X2 , NR x3 , O, or S;
    Y and Z each independently represent CR x4 or N;
    R 1 , R 2 , R X1 , R X2 , R X3 and R X4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a mercapto group, an amino group or an alkyl group,
    R 4 represents an alkyl group, a mercapto group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, or an aralkyl group,
    m represents an integer of 0 to 4, and when m is 2 or more, each R 4 may be the same or different;
    At least one of X, Y and Z represents NR x3 or N.
  13. (1)基板の少なくとも一方の面に、請求項1~12のいずれか1項に記載の感光性樹脂組成物を塗布する工程、
    (2)感光性樹脂組成物を乾燥させ感光性樹脂組成物層を形成する工程、
    (3)感光性樹脂組成物層を露光する工程、
    (4)露光された感光性樹脂組成物層を現像する工程、を含むパターンの製造方法。
    (1) a step of applying the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 12 to at least one surface of a substrate;
    (2) a step of drying the photosensitive resin composition to form a photosensitive resin composition layer;
    (3) a step of exposing the photosensitive resin composition layer;
    (4) A process for producing a pattern comprising a step of developing the exposed photosensitive resin composition layer.
  14. さらに、(5)形成されたパターンをエッチング用レジストとして用いてエッチングを行う工程、および、(6)パターンをプラズマ処理または薬品処理により除去する工程、を含む、請求項13に記載のパターンの製造方法。 Furthermore, (5) The process of etching using the formed pattern as an etching resist, and (6) The process of removing a pattern by a plasma process or a chemical | medical process, The manufacturing of the pattern of Claim 13 Method.
  15. 請求項1~12のいずれか1項に記載の感光性樹脂組成物を硬化させてなる硬化膜。 A cured film obtained by curing the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 12.
  16. 請求項13または14に記載のパターンの製造方法を含む、有機EL表示装置の製造方法。 The manufacturing method of an organic electroluminescence display containing the manufacturing method of the pattern of Claim 13 or 14.
  17. 請求項13または14に記載のパターンの製造方法を含む、液晶表示装置の製造方法。 The manufacturing method of the liquid crystal display device containing the manufacturing method of the pattern of Claim 13 or 14.
PCT/JP2014/078559 2013-10-28 2014-10-28 Photosensitive resin composition, pattern manufacturing method, cured film, organic el display device manufacturing method, and liquid crystal display device manufacturing method WO2015064555A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015544993A JP6216801B2 (en) 2013-10-28 2014-10-28 Photosensitive resin composition, pattern manufacturing method, cured film, organic EL display device manufacturing method, and liquid crystal display device manufacturing method

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2013-223294 2013-10-28
JP2013223294 2013-10-28
JP2014115070 2014-06-03
JP2014-115070 2014-06-03

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015064555A1 true WO2015064555A1 (en) 2015-05-07

Family

ID=53004157

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2014/078559 WO2015064555A1 (en) 2013-10-28 2014-10-28 Photosensitive resin composition, pattern manufacturing method, cured film, organic el display device manufacturing method, and liquid crystal display device manufacturing method

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6216801B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2015064555A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018099891A1 (en) * 2016-11-29 2018-06-07 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Potting compound, insulating material, and use thereof
CN113816929A (en) * 2021-09-29 2021-12-21 西安瑞联新材料股份有限公司 Aliphatic epoxy compound and pouring sealant prepared from same
WO2022004290A1 (en) * 2020-07-01 2022-01-06 東京応化工業株式会社 Chemically amplified photosensitive composition, photosensitive dry film, method for manufacturing plating mold-attached substrate, and method for manufacturing plated object
CN114276239A (en) * 2021-12-29 2022-04-05 徐州博康信息化学品有限公司 Preparation method of ketal structure-containing acid-sensitive photoresist resin monomer

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004198944A (en) * 2002-12-20 2004-07-15 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Resist material and method for forming pattern
JP2007334155A (en) * 2006-06-16 2007-12-27 Fujifilm Corp Pattern forming method, thin film transistor array substrate, and liquid crystal display element
JP2008304902A (en) * 2007-03-27 2008-12-18 Fujifilm Corp Positive photosensitive resin composition and cured film forming method using the same
JP2013001821A (en) * 2011-06-17 2013-01-07 San Apro Kk Photoacid generator and resin composition for photolithography
JP2013156416A (en) * 2012-01-30 2013-08-15 Fujifilm Corp Photosensitive resin composition and method for producing pattern using the same
WO2014050324A1 (en) * 2012-09-28 2014-04-03 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition and production method for pattern using same

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR100912707B1 (en) * 2007-11-05 2009-08-19 타코마테크놀러지 주식회사 Positive type Resist Composition
JP6209617B2 (en) * 2013-10-28 2017-10-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, pattern manufacturing method, cured film, organic EL display device manufacturing method, and liquid crystal display device manufacturing method

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004198944A (en) * 2002-12-20 2004-07-15 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Resist material and method for forming pattern
JP2007334155A (en) * 2006-06-16 2007-12-27 Fujifilm Corp Pattern forming method, thin film transistor array substrate, and liquid crystal display element
JP2008304902A (en) * 2007-03-27 2008-12-18 Fujifilm Corp Positive photosensitive resin composition and cured film forming method using the same
JP2013001821A (en) * 2011-06-17 2013-01-07 San Apro Kk Photoacid generator and resin composition for photolithography
JP2013156416A (en) * 2012-01-30 2013-08-15 Fujifilm Corp Photosensitive resin composition and method for producing pattern using the same
WO2014050324A1 (en) * 2012-09-28 2014-04-03 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition and production method for pattern using same

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018099891A1 (en) * 2016-11-29 2018-06-07 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Potting compound, insulating material, and use thereof
CN110023371A (en) * 2016-11-29 2019-07-16 西门子股份公司 Perfusion materia, insulating materials and application thereof
WO2022004290A1 (en) * 2020-07-01 2022-01-06 東京応化工業株式会社 Chemically amplified photosensitive composition, photosensitive dry film, method for manufacturing plating mold-attached substrate, and method for manufacturing plated object
CN113816929A (en) * 2021-09-29 2021-12-21 西安瑞联新材料股份有限公司 Aliphatic epoxy compound and pouring sealant prepared from same
CN114276239A (en) * 2021-12-29 2022-04-05 徐州博康信息化学品有限公司 Preparation method of ketal structure-containing acid-sensitive photoresist resin monomer
CN114276239B (en) * 2021-12-29 2023-10-27 徐州博康信息化学品有限公司 Preparation method of ketal structure-containing acid-sensitive photoresist resin monomer

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP6216801B2 (en) 2017-10-18
JPWO2015064555A1 (en) 2017-03-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6096202B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition and method for producing pattern using the same
JP6279614B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device, and organic EL display device
JP5593405B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, organic EL display device and liquid crystal display device
JP5849152B2 (en) Chemical amplification type positive photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, organic EL display device and liquid crystal display device
JP5531034B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for forming cured film, cured film, organic EL display device and liquid crystal display device
JP6038951B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, organic EL display device and liquid crystal display device
JP5941543B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, organic EL display device and liquid crystal display device
JP6209617B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, pattern manufacturing method, cured film, organic EL display device manufacturing method, and liquid crystal display device manufacturing method
JP5914663B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, organic EL display device and liquid crystal display device
JP6216801B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, pattern manufacturing method, cured film, organic EL display device manufacturing method, and liquid crystal display device manufacturing method
JP6272338B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device, and organic EL display device
JP5933735B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, organic EL display device and liquid crystal display device
JP2016071243A (en) Method for forming resin pattern, method for forming pattern, cured film, liquid crystal display device, organic el display device, and touch panel display device
JP6159408B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device, and organic EL display device
JP2014010200A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, production method of cured film, cured film, organic electroluminescence (el) display device, and liquid crystal display device
WO2015033880A1 (en) Resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device and organic el display device
WO2013191155A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing cured film, cured film, organic el display device, and liquid crystal display device
JP2014071308A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, production method of cured film using the composition, cured film, liquid crystal display device and organic electroluminescence display device
JP6138925B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured product, method for producing resin pattern, cured film, liquid crystal display device, and organic EL display device
JP2014071300A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, production method of cured film using the composition, cured film, liquid crystal display device and organic electroluminescence display device
JPWO2014208648A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device, and organic EL display device
JP2014044278A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, organic el display device, and liquid crystal display device
JPWO2014208649A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device, and organic EL display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14859244

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2015544993

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 14859244

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1